2017 Norton Mental Health Complete Catalog

NORTON
MENTAL HEALTH
PSYCHOTHERAPY
NEUROBIOLOGY
P S Y C H I AT R Y
COUNSELING
SOCIAL WORK
SELF-HELP
2017 Catalog
Dear Reader,
Welcome to the Norton Mental Health 2017 Catalog. This list features new titles to be published
through April 2017, representing a broad spectrum of new books in all areas related to mental health.
In addition, you will find descriptions of other essential titles in many areas of mental health practice.
We would be pleased to hear from you and welcome your thoughts and comments on our books.
A. Deborah Malmud, Director, Norton Mental Health
admalmud@wwnorton.com
CONTENTS
New Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
New in the 8 Keys to Mental Health Series . . . 13
Interpersonal Neurobiology Series . . . . . . . . 14
Neuroscience & Neuropsychology . . . . . . . . 28
Psychopharmacology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Psychiatry & Psychopathology . . . . . . . . . . .31
Trauma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Coaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Professional Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Self-Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Brief & Solution-Focused Therapies . . . . . . 59
Couple Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Family Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Narrative & Strategic Therapies . . . . . . . . . . 65
Integrative & Complementary Therapies . . . 67
Children & Adolescents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Addictions & Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
EMDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
ORDERING INFORMATION
BY INTERNET: Visit our Web site at wwnorton.com/psych
BY EMAIL: ordering@wwnorton.com
BY PHONE: Call our order department at 1-800-233-4830.
BY MAIL: Use the envelope order form provided in the middle of this catalog.
BY FAX: Use the order form provided in the middle of the catalog and fax to 1-800-458-6515.
COLLEGE EXAMINATION POLICY: All books are available for adoption consideration. Please send an email to
nmh@wwnorton.com or fax your request on school letterhead to (212) 869-0856. Along with the title and ISBN of
the book, please include: 1) name, institution, department, UPS shipping address, and phone number; 2) course name;
3) number of students enrolled in course; 4) text currently using, if any; and 5) likelihood of adopting the text.
Exam copy requests can also be made for select books at wwnorton.com/psych.
POD: Books labeled POD (for Print on Demand) must be ordered via your local bookseller or online retailer.
FOREIGNREPRESENTATIVES
United Kingdom, Eire, Europe,
the Middle East, Africa:
W. W. Norton & Company Ltd.

15 Carlisle Street
London W1D 3BS
United Kingdom
Tel (44) 20 7323 1579
email: office@wwnorton.co.uk
Canada:
Penguin Random House Canada

320 Front Street West, Suite 1400
Toronto, Ontario M5V 3B6
Tel 888-523-9292
Fax 888-562-9924
email: customerservicescanada@
penguinrandomhouse.com
Australia and New Zealand:
Hong Kong and Macau:
Singapore, Malaysia, Brunei:
John Wiley & Sons Australia, Ltd.

42 McDougall Street
Milton, Queensland 4064
Tel (61) 7 3859 9755
Fax (61) 7 3859 9715
email: aus-custservice@wiley.com
Transglobal Publishers Service Ltd.

27/F Unit E Shield Industrial Centre
84/92 Chai Wan Kok Street
Tsuen Wan, N.T.
Hong Kong
Tel (852) 2413 5322
Fax (852) 2413 7049
email: Anthony.Choy@
transglobalpsl.com
Pansing Distribution Pte Ltd

1 New Industrial Road
Times Centre
Singapore 536196
Tel (65) 6319 9939
Fax (65) 6459 4930
email: info@pansing.com
Peoples Republic of China:
Hardy Bigfoss International Co., Ltd.

293 Maenam Kwai Road,
Tambol Tha Makham
Amphur Muang
Kanchanaburi 71000
Thailand
Tel (66) 3451 1676
Fax (66) 3451 1746
email: keith@hardybigfoss.com
Japan:
Rockbook Gilles Fauveau

Expirime 5F 10-10 Ichibancho
Chiyoda-ku
102-0082 Tokyo
Japan
Tel: (81) 90 9700 2481
Tel: (81) 90 3962 4650
email: ayako@rockbook.net
email: gfauveau@rockbook.net
Taiwan and Korea:
B. K. Norton Ltd.
5F, 60 Roosevelt Road
Sec. 4, Taipei 100
Taiwan
Tel (886) 2 6632 0088
Fax (886) 2 2368 8929
email: lillianh@bookman.com.tw
Everest International Publishing

Services
Wei Zhao, Director
2-1-503 UHN Intl
2 Xi Ba He Dong Li
Beijing 100028
Tel (86) 10 5130 1051
Fax (86) 10 5130 1052
Mobile (86) 13 6830 18054
email: wzbooks@aol.com
Mexico, South and Central
America, the Caribbean:
US PubRep, Inc.
5000 Jasmine Drive
Rockville, MD 20853 USA
Tel 301 838 9276
Fax 301 838 9278
email: craigfalk@aya.yale.edu
Thailand, Cambodia, Laos,

Vietnam, Myanmar:
MIND
A Journey to the Heart of Being Human
DANIEL J. SIEGEL, MD
Advance acclaim:
Dan Siegel is a true pioneer in applying the latest science to well-being, education
and public policy. In Mind, he takes us on a scientific and philosophical journey far
beyond the view that the mind is just brain activity, with profound implications on
how we think, how we feel, and how we live. Arianna Huffington, author of The
Sleep Revolution
NEW
Daniel Siegel widens our world with this mind-opening-and mind-bendingexploration of mind itself. From a journey through Mind emerges a compelling sense
of our connection to each other, and to the universe. Daniel Goleman, author of
Emotional Intelligence and A Force for Good: The Dalai Lama's Vision for Our World
What is the mind? What is the experience of the self truly made of? How does the mind differ from the brain? Though
the minds contents-its emotions, thoughts, and memories-are often described, the essence of mind is rarely, if ever,
defined.
In this book, noted neuropsychiatrist and New York Times best-selling author Daniel J. Siegel, MD, uses his characteristic
sensitivity and interdisciplinary background to offer a definition of the mind that illuminates the how, what, when, where,
and even why of who we are, of what the mind is, and what the minds self has the potential to become. Mind takes the
reader on a deep personal and scientific journey into consciousness, subjective experience, and information processing, uncovering the minds self-organizational properties that emerge from both the body and the relationships we have
with one another, and with the world around us. While making a wide range of sciences accessible and exciting-from
neurobiology to quantum physics, anthropology to psychology-this book offers an experience that addresses some of
our most pressing personal and global questions about identity, connection, and the cultivation of well-being in our lives.
Contents: 1. Welcome 2. What Is the Mind? 3. How Does the Mind Work in Ease and Dis-Ease? 4. Is the Minds Subjective
Reality Real? 5. Who Are We? 6. Where Is Mind? 7. A Why of Mind? 8. When Is Mind? 9. A Continuum Connecting
Consciousness, Cognition, and Community? 10. Humankind: Can We Be Both?
ISBN: 978-0-393-71053-3 2016 384 pages Hardcover $26.95
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
DANIEL J. SIEGEL, MD, is a clinical professor of psychiatry at the UCLA School of Medicine,
founding co-director of UCLAs Mindful Awareness Research Center, and executive director
of the Mindsight Institute, an educational center devoted to promoting insight, compassion,
and empathy in individuals, families, institutions, and communities. Dr. Siegel is also the
author of three New York Times bestsellers: Brainstorm, The Whole-Brain Child (with Tina
Payne Bryson, Ph.D.), and No-Drama Discipline (with Tina Payne Bryson, Ph.D.). He is also
the co-editor of How People Change (see page 15), Healing Moments in Psychotherapy, The
Healing Power of Emotion, and Healing Trauma (see page 24). He has been invited to lecture
for the King of Thailand, Pope John Paul II, His Holiness the Dalai Lama, Google University,
and TEDx. Learn more at www.drdansiegel.com.
Also by Daniel J. Siegel:
ISBN: 978-0-393-70645-1
2010 320 pages
Hardcover $30.00
See page 20.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70470-9
2007 416 pages
Hardcover $30.00
See page 20.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70713-7
2012 560 pages
Paperback $29.95
See page 20.
TRANSGENDER CHILDREN AND YOUTH

Cultivating Pride and Joy with Families in Transition
ELIJAH C. NEALY
NEW
As society has become more understanding of issues around gender diversity, children and adolescents that experience gender dysphoria are coming out to their families and other supportive adults at increasingly younger ages. However, few mental
health providers have been trained in areas of gender identity and expression.
In this book, Elijah C. Nealy, a therapist, pastor, former Deputy Director of NYCs LGBT
Community Center, and himself a trans man, covers all aspects of the family constellation, school and mental health issues, as well as physical, social, and emotional
transitions. This is an all-in-one guide that covers central topics about transgender
identity such as:
What is the best vocabulary to use?
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
ELIJAH C. NEALY, PHD, MDIV,

LCSW is Assistant Professor in
the Department of Social Work
and Latino Community Practice
at University of Saint Joseph
in West Hartford, CT. As an out
transgender man, he has spent
the past 25 years working
extensively within the lesbian,
gay, bisexual, transgender, and
queer communities. To learn
more about Dr. Nealy, visit
www.elijahnealy.com.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71139-4
February 2017 288 pages
Hardcover $34.00
How does gender identity differ from sexual orientation?

How do you handle family issues?
The book presents recommendations for assessing children and youth in terms of
gender dysphoria and gender diversity, outlines the process of social and medical
transition, and offers clinical guidelines for treating these young people and supporting their families.
Contents: Introduction Part One: Foundations for Work with Transgender
Youth 1. Basic Terms and Vocabulary 2. Gender Diversity and Gender Dysphoria 3.
Assessment and Diagnosis 4. Disclosure and Social Transition 5. Medical Transition
6. Transgender Adolescents Part Two: Trans Youth and the World around Them
7. Initial Work with Families 8. Complex Work with Families 9. Advocacy in Schools
and Other Youth Programs 10. Trans Youth and Those Who Help Them Part Three:
Beyond Transition 11. Mental Health Concerns 12. Advanced Clinical Interventions
with Trans Adolescents 13. Preparing for and Navigating College and/or Work Appendix 1. Legal Issues Appendix 2. Sample Mental Health Letters Appendix 3. Resources
ATTACHMENT DISTURBANCES IN ADULTS

Treatment for Comprehensive Repair
DANIEL P. BROWN, DAVID S. ELLIOTT with contributions by
PAULA MORGAN-JOHNSON, PAULA SACKS, CAROLINE R. BALTZER,
JAMES HICKEY, ANDREA COLE, JAN BLOOM, and DEIRDRE FAY
ABOUT THE AUTHORS
DANIEL P. BROWN, PhD, an

Associate Clinical Professor in
Psychology at Harvard Medical
School, lives in Newton, MA.
DAVID S. ELLIOTT, PhD, a clinical
psychologist and faculty at the
International School of Psychotherapy, Counseling, and Group
Leadership, lives in Westport,
MA.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71152-3
2016 560 pages Hardcover
$27.95
A masterpiece of integration, creativity, and clinical wisdom, Attachment Disturbances in Adults stands out as a vibrantly innovative treasure that will endure, one
of those rare trail-blazers. Mental health professionals across disciplines will delight
in the rich depth and breadth of this essential book, which seamlessly interweaves
research, theory and treatment. Brown, Elliot and colleagues have written a tour de
force that is surely destined to become an instant classic.
Kathy Steele, MN, CS, Clinical Director, Metropolitan Counseling Services, and
author of Coping with Trauma-Related Dissociation
This book offers an innovative therapeutic model and set of methods for treating
adult patients with dismissing, anxious-preoccupied, or disorganized attachment.
With rich detail, it integrates historical and leading-edge attachment research into
practical, effective treatment protocols for each type of insecure attachment. Case
transcripts and many sample therapist phrasings illustrate how to apply the methods in practice.
Contents: A Readers Guide Part I. Foundational Concepts 1. Attachment Research: A History of Ideas 2. Understanding the Development of Attachment Bonds
and Attachment Behavior Over the Life Course Part II. Assessment 3. Adult Attachment Prototypes and Their Clinical Manifestations 4. The Assessment of Adult
Attachmen chment and Psychopathology Part III. Treatment: Background and
the Three Pillars Model of Comprehensive Attachment Repair 6. An Overview
of Treatments for Attachment Disturbances 7. An Introduction to the Three Pillars
of Comprehensive Attachment Treatment 8. The First Pillar: The Ideal Parent Figure Protocol 9. The Second Pillar: Metacognitive Interventions for Attachment Disturbances 10. The Third Pillar: Fostering Collaborative Capacity and Behavior Part
IV. Type-Specific Treatment: Application of the Three Pillars Treatment to
Dismissing, Anxious-Preoccupied, and Disorganized Attachment 11. Treating
Dismissing Attachment 12. Treating Anxious-Preoccupied Attachment 13. Treating
Disorganized or Fearful Attachment Part V. Treatment Guide and Expected Outcomes 14. A Step-by-Step Treatment Guide 15. Treatment Outcomes Appendices
BRAIN BYTES
Quick Answers to Quirky Questions about the Brain
ERIC CHUDLER and LISE JOHNSON
From magazine covers to Hollywood blockbusters, neuroscience is front and center.
This popular interest has inspired many questions from people who wonder just
what is going on in the three pounds of tissue between their ears.
Whether you are interested in serious topics like the history of neuroscience or
practical topics like brain health or fun topics like popular culture, this book is sure to
provide your brain with some piece of information it didnt have before.
Topics and questions include: Did people always believe that the brain was important? Did people really believe that the bumps on a persons head would say something about a persons intelligence and personality? Can you move objects with brain
power? Are there foods that make people smarter? What was so special about
Albert Einsteins brain? Do you get a new wrinkle in the brain every time you learn
something new? Does watching TV, playing video games, or surfing the Internet kill
brain cells? Can you learn while you are asleep? Can listening to loud music damage
your hearing? Why cant I tickle myself? How does coffee wake me up? Why do cats
like catnip? Why do songs get stuck in my head? Why do we yawn and why are yawns
contagious? Can smiling make me happier? What can I do to keep my brain healthy?
Why does scratching fingernails on a chalkboard sound bad? Why do I sneeze when I
walk into bright sunlight? Is laughter really the best medicine?
ABOUT THE AUTHORS
NEW
In this book, neuroscience educators Chudler and Johnson get right to it, asking and
answering over 100 questions about the brain. Questions include: Does size matter
(do humans have the largest brains)? Can foods make people smarter? Does surfing
online kill brain cells? Why do we dream? Why cant I tickle myself? Why do cats like
catnip? Why do we yawn and why are yawns contagious? What can I do to keep my
brain healthy?
ERIC CHUDLER, PhD, is a

neuroscientist at the University of Washington. He is also
the author of The Little Book of
Neuroscience Haiku (see page
28). He lives in Seattle, WA.
LISE JOHNSON, PhD, is a
Neural Engineer at the Center
for Sensorimotor Neural Engineering in Seattle, WA.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71144-8
March 2017 256 pages
Hardcover $16.95
THE MOTHER-INFANT INTERACTION PICTURE BOOK

Origins of Attachment
BEATRICE BEEBE, PHYLLIS COHEN, and FRANK LACHMANN
Using video microanalysis-which captures moment-to-moment sequences of
interactions-Beatrice Beebe and her colleagues have turned their lens on the most
primary of relationships, mother and infant. This process becomes a social microscope, enabling readers to see subtle details of interactions which are too rapid
and complex to grasp in real time with the naked eye. These moment-to-moment
sequences teach us to see how both infant and mother affect each other. These
interactions can be used to predict a range of future attachment styles. They enable
researchers to translate infants nonverbal language and provide a unique and rare
window into child development. Lushly illustrated by Dillon Yothers, these drawings
reveal the emotions, but conceal the identities, of the mothers and infants.
Beatrice Beebes groundbreaking research on mother-infant communication has
influenced practitioners for decades. At last, this research is being made available in
a readable, user-friendly way.
Contents: Part I: How Does Mother-Infant Face-to-Face Communication
Work? 1. Mother-Infant Face-to-Face Communication at Infant Age Four Months 2.
Microanalysis Teaches Us to Observe: How We Code the Mother-Infant Action-Dialogue Language 3. Patterns of Communication Become Expected and Shape Infant
Development Part II: Drawings of Mother-Infant Patterns of Communication
and Commentaries 4. Facial Mirroring in the Origins of Secure Attachment 5. Disruption and Repair in the Origins of Secure Attachment 6. Infant Look Away in the
Origins of Secure Attachment 7. Maternal Loom and Repair in the Origins of Secure
Attachment Introduction to Drawings Illustrating the Origins of InsecureResistant and Insecure-Avoidant Attachment 8. Chase and Dodge in the Origins
of Insecure Attachment 9. Infant Look Away in the Origins of Insecure Attachment
Introduction to Drawings Illustrating the Origins of Insecure-Disorganized
Attachment 10. Infant Distress and Maternal Emotional Disconnection in the Origins of Insecure-Disorganized Infant Attachment 11. Maternal Difficulty Tolerating
Infant Distress in the Origins of Insecure-Disorganized Infant Attachment 12. Infant
Distress and Maternal Surprise, Anger, Disgust and Emotional Disconnection in the
Origins of Insecure-Disorganized Infant Attachment 13. Infant Distress and Maternal
Sneer and Emotional Disconnection in the Origins of Insecure-Disorganized Infant
Attachment
ABOUT THE AUTHORS
BEATRICE BEEBE, PhD, is a

clinical professor of psychology,
Columbia University Medical
Center. She lives and maintains
a private practice in New York
City
PHYLLIS COHEN, PhD, is the
director of the New York Institute for Psychotherapy Training in Infancy, Childhood, and
Adolescence. She lives and
maintains a private practice in
New York City.
FRANK LACHMANN, PhD, is a
member of the founding faculty
of the Institute for the Psychoanalytic Study of Subjectivity.
He lives and maintains a private
practice in New York City.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70792-2
$35.00
246 Illustrations
For Clinicians:
A SPECTRUM APPROACH TO MOOD DISORDERS

Not Fully Bipolar but Not Unipolar-Practical Management
JAMES PHELPS
NEW
James Phelps provides an invaluable resource for understanding and addressing complex or intractable mood disorders. Frustrating for clinicians and patients
alike, the traditional first line of defense-antidepressants-regularly fails to help
and often worsens symptoms. Here is help. Lucidly written and comprehensively
researched, this guidebook upends rigid notions about bipolarity versus depression and provides clear direction and evidence for effective treatment
options. It belongs on every practitioner's bookshelf. Jana Svoboda, LCSW,
Clinical Social Worker, Samaritan Family Medicine Resident Clinic
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
JAMES PHELPS, MD, is director

of the Mood Disorders program
at Samaritan Mental Health in
Corvalis, Oregon, which serves a
five-hospital system. He maintains an internationally-known
website, psycheducation.org.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71146-2
$32.00
Clinicians know that people often present with a spectrum of symptoms, but the
DSM discusses criteria in absolute termssymptoms are either present or absent.
James Phelps, a nationally recognized expert on the subject, offers treatment guidelines to deal with the realities of mood disorders, which often present in more subtle
ways that are far from black and white.
Contents: 1. A Spectrum View Better Fits Reality, But What Happens to Diagnosis?
2. Increasing Rigor and Improving Communication: Non-manic Markers and the Bipolarity Index 3. Anxiety Is a Bipolar Symptom? Mixed States and the Overlapping
Criteria Problem 4. Bipolar or Borderline (or PTSD or ADHD)? Managing Difficult Distinctions and Comorbidities 5. Getting Ready for Treatment: Principles, Practices,
and Problems 6. Psychotherapy for the Mid-Spectrum Patient: Selling Social Rhythm
Therapy with Virtual Darkness 7. Efficacy versus Tolerability: Why Lamotrigine Is the
#1 Medication Option for Mid-Spectrum Mood Disorders 8. Low-Dose Lithium Is a
Different Drug and Better than Antipsychotics for Mid-Spectrum Patients 9. Before
Antipsychotics, More Options to Consider 10. Managing Thyroid: Not to Be Left to
Primary Care or Endocrinology 11. Antipsychotics: Which and When from a Mood
Spectrum View 12. Antidepressants: Four Controversies and Nine Solutions Appendix A: Bipolar Disorders, Politics, and Religion Appendix B: Overdiagnosis, Predictive
Value, and Screening Tests Appendix C: Non-Medication Approaches to Treatment
For Your Clients:
BIPOLAR, NOT SO MUCH

Understanding Your Mood Swings and Depression
CHRIS AIKEN and JAMES PHELPS
"Perfect book for the patient. Great information and many pearls, including how
to help your doctor help you. I highly recommend it." Robert M. Post, MD, Head,
Bipolar Collaborative Network, Professor of Psychiatry, George Washington School
of Medicine, former Chief of the National Institute of Mental Health's (NIMH) Biological Psychiatry Branch
ABOUT THE AUTHORS
CHRIS AIKEN, MD, is the

director of the Mood Treatment Center in Winston-Salem,
North Carolina and an instructor at the Wake Forest University School of Medicine.
JAMES PHELPS, MD, is director
of the Mood Disorders program
at Samaritan Mental Health in
Corvalis, Oregon, which serves a
five-hospital system. He maintains an internationally-known
website, psycheducation.org.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71174-5
December 2016
256 pages Hardcover
$22.95
This book is a must-read for all psychiatrists and therapists who work with
those on the mood spectrum as well as their families. The authors are thought
leaders who are able to translate their clinical experiences and the medical literature
into language all can understand. Tammas Kelly, MD, Associate Clinical Professor of
Psychiatry, George Washington University, Washington, DC
This book presents a revolutionary new understanding of the concept of depression
and offers readers skills and strategies to manage it. Aiken and Phelps highlight the
key distinctions that define unipolarity, bipolarity, hypomania, mania, and depression. Readers will be able to discern which definition best fits their experience, and
use this understanding to learn which treatment methods will work best.
Contents: Part 1: What Type of Depression Do You Have? 1. Understanding the Mood
Spectrum 2. The Down Side: Depression 3. The Up Side: From Hypomania to Mania,
and Everything In-Between 4. The Mixed-Up Side: When Mania and Depression Collide 5. A Little Bipolar? How Much? 6. About Your Diagnosis 7. Is It All in the Genes? 8.
The Living Side: Finding Normal Part 2: A Healing Lifestyle 9. Daily Rhythms 10. Light
and Dark 11. Managing Insomnia 12. Getting Active 13. Exercise? How About Just
Walking 14. Diet 15. Managing Substances 16. Coming Soon: Bipolar and Technology
Part 3: Treatment 17. The Right Stuff: How to Find Good Care 18. Medications: Our
Top Choices 19. Mood-Lifting Stabilizers: The Full Details 20. Antidepressants and
Other Mood Destabilizers 21. Medications for Breakthrough Episodes 22. Anxiety,
Concentration, and Sleep: The Other Poles of Bipolar 23. Natural Healers 24. Knowing When to Stop Medications 25. Live Long and Minimize Side Effects 26. Beyond
Medication: Electricity, Magnets, and Depression 27. Good Therapy Part 4: Reclaiming Your Life 28. Relationships 29. Work and School 30. For Friends and Family
HOLISTIC HEALTH FOR ADOLESCENTS

NADA MILOSAVLJEVIC
In general, to truly help teenagers deal with their challenges, we need to listen,
be original, fearless, and open to find what works! This is what Dr. Nada has done.
Dale V. Atkins, PhD, Psychologist and Author
Stress. Fatigue. Depression. Sleeping problems. Issues with focus and concentration.
Headaches. Substance abuse. These problems are all-too common for people during
their teenage years. It turns out that there are options beyond sending adolescents
to therapy or giving them prescriptions for medication. There are many alternative,
cost-effective, natural therapies available, with evidence-based track records of
success, which can be integrated with conventional medical treatment methods.
These strategies make adolescents feel empowered and better equipped for the
many challenges they face by putting the tools in their hands. This book presents
therapies based around the five senses-including aromatherapy, yoga, sound and
music therapy-to provide teens with holistic options for healing and regular care of
their mental health.
Each chapter includes case examples and the signs and symptoms of a potential
health concern. Dr. Milosavljevic offers the versatile treatment protocols and supportive therapies that can be useful for treatment and management of symptoms.
This all-inclusive book will be invaluable for teens and their parents looking for an
alternative approach to handling the mental health effects of the unique problems
confronted during adolescence. As both a trained medical doctor on the faculty at
Harvard and a noted alternative medicine specialist, Nada Milosavljevic brings a rich
background of experience and knowledge to this book.
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
NADA MILOSAVLJEVIC, JD,

MD, is a faculty member at Harvard Medical School, founder of
the Integrative Health Program
at Massachusetts General
Hospital, and a certified tea
sommelier. Prior to her medical
career she practiced law. She
lives in Boston.
NEW
A stunning resource for parents, teenagers and clinicians. Dr. M. is a seasoned and
talented doctor in complementary alternative medicine. She provides a guided menu
that is readily accessible to treat common adolescent problems such as difficult
sleeping, trouble focusing, and low mood. With cutting edge accessible knowledge,
Dr. M. provides a valuable toolbox of interventions to empower teenagers with complementary and alternative self care skills. Nancy Rappaport, Associate Professor
of Psychiatry, Harvard Medical School
ISBN: 978-0-393-71114-1
2016 256 pages Paperback
$21.95
Contents: 1: A Critical Role: Adolescent Integrative Medicine 2: Stress 3: Fatigue 4:

Low Mood 5: Sleep Difficulty 6: Focus and Concentration 7: Headache 8: Substance
Abuse Conclusion: CAM and the Science So Far
ATTACHMENT-BASED YOGA & MEDITATION FOR

TRAUMA RECOVERY
Simple, Safe, and Effective Practices for Therapy
DEIRDRE FAY
While it is generally understood that the body plays a vital role in the treatment
of trauma (traumatized clients may be particularly sensitive to touch, slouch back,
or withdraw), professionals who aren't formally trained in body-oriented work may
not know how to approach it or where to begin. Therapists may encounter clients
whose traumatic histories of despair, horror, and hopelessness make it almost
impossible to go into the uncharted territory of the body. This book answers that
need. It offers an array of gentle, attachment-based mind-body skills-including
yoga, meditation, and more-for therapists to use with their clients and for clients
to use on their own between sessions.
This hands-on book guides therapists and their clients to adapt and incorporate
yoga and meditation practices into solid trauma treatment without requiring the
therapist to become a highly trained yoga teacher or skilled mind-body practitioner. The skills are organized around key trauma issues and symptoms, such as how
to introduce somatic work for safe and secure therapy, working with dissociation,
understanding trauma triggers, and developing boundaries.
Contents: Introduction 1. An Integrative Approach to Healing Trauma Practices 2.
Fostering Self-Compassion to Ease Shame Practices 3. Entering the Body Practices
4. Dissociation Practices 5. Shifting Triggered Responses Practices 6. Boundaries
Practices 7. Trusting Prana as Guidance References
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
DEIRDRE FAY, MSW, LICSW

integrates trauma and attachment theory with yoga and
meditation in embodiment.
The founder of the Becoming
Safely Embodied Skills, she
maintains a private practice in
Arlington, MA.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70990-2
December 2016 400 pages
Hardcover $39.95
THE REFLECTIVE PARENT

How to Do Less and Relate More with Your Kids
REGINA PALLY
NEW
Figuring out how to raise happy, healthy, and successful kids can be overwhelming.
Parents find themselves wading through tons of conflicting advice. Books that outline a right way of doing things can leave even the most dedicated caregiver feeling discouraged and inadequate when real life doesnt measure up. An experienced
psychiatrist and founder of the Center for Reflective Parenting, Regina Pally serves
up something totally different in The Reflective Parent. She argues that the key to
successful parenting is learning to slow down, reflect, and recognize that there is no
one key to doing it right.
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
REGINA PALLY, MD, is a psychiatrist, author of numerous

articles on neuroscience and
psychotherapy, founder of the
Center for Reflective Parenting in Los Angeles, California,
and mother to three grown
children.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71133-2
January 2017 288 pages
Hardcover $25.95
Pally synthesizes the latest neuroscience research to show that our brains natural tendencies to empathize, analyze, and connect with others are all we need to
be good parents. Each chapter weaves together discussions of specific reflective
parenting principles like Tolerate Uncertainty and Repair Ruptures with engaging
explanations of the science that backs them up. Brief Take Home Lessons at the
end of each chapter and vivid examples of parents and children putting the principles into action. For work with your clients who are parents, or even for your own
reading, this book offers this a practical guide to building loving, lasting relationships
with kids.
Contents: 1. 10 Principles of Reflective Parenting 2. The You-Me-We Perspective:
Appreciating Your Childs Unique Mind 3. The Brains Mirror System: How We Empathize 4. The Brains Mentalization System: How We Reflect 5. The Brain and Maternal
Care: Wired for Motherhood 6. The Brain and Attachment: Wired to Connect 7. Parenting and Stress: Calming and Coping 8. Parenting from Infancy Through Childhood
9. Parenting from Adolescence Through Adulthood
CHILDREN WHO FAIL AT SCHOOL BUT SUCCEED AT LIFE

Lessons from Lives Well-Lived
MARK KATZ, PhD
Katz does a great job of exploring ideas and ways that we, as adults within society,
can strive to positively influence the learning experiences and learning needs of our
youths. He explores what needs to change in order to support youngsters who are
intelligent but greatly misunderstood. . . [W]e must understand how mental illness,
a behavioral problem, poor emotion regulation, environmental stressors within the
home or community, etc. can influence learning. This is one of the most important
realities to keep in mind and thankfully there is a good book to help us stay focused.
PsychCentral
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
MARK KATZ, PhD, is a clinical

and consulting psychologist.
For over 30 years, he has
served as the Director of Learning Development Services, an
educational, psychological and
neuropsychological center in
San Diego, California. Mark is a
contributing editor for Attention Magazine, and also writes
the magazines promising practices column. He has been a
keynote presenter at a number
of national conferences, and
has conducted numerous trainings for schools, healthcare
organizations, and community groups working to improve
educational and mental health
systems of care. He is also the
author of On Playing a Poor
Hand Well (page 73).
ISBN: 978-0-393-71141-7
$42.00
Failure at school does not necessarily condemn a student to failure in later life. A
number of peopleincluding but not limited to those with attention and executive
function challenges, learning disabilities, learning and behavioral challenges arising
out of traumatic events in their lives, and those impacted by all of the aboveenjoy
meaningful and successful lives after poor performance in school.
In his groundbreaking new book, Mark Katz draws on cutting-edge research findings,
as well as stories of successful individuals who overcame years of school failure, to
show how these children can give counselors, clinicians, healthcare professionals,
parents, guardians, and even people whose own childhood struggles have persisted
into their adult years new interventions that will guide them toward success. These
remedies will combat learning, behavioral, and emotional challenges; reduce juvenile
crime, school dropout, and substance abuse; and improve the health and well being
while preventing medical problems later in life.
Contents: Part I: Lessons from Lives Well-Lived 1. The Childhood Years: Why Do
They Fail? 2. Human Resilience and the Limits of Emotional Endurance 3. The Adult
Years: How Do They Succeed? 4. Portraits of Resilience-In Context Part II: What
Can Be 5. Preventing the Rise and Expediting the Demise of Erroneous Perceptions
6. Preventing School Failure, One School Day at a Time 7. Improving Emotional SelfRegulation and Self-Control Skills, One School Day at a Time 8. Improving Later Life
Health Outcomes, One School Day at a Time 9. Preventing and Reducing Youth Violence, Youth Crime, and Future Risk of Incarceration, One School Day at a Time 10.
Preventing Child Abuse and Neglect, One School Day at a Time 11. What Can Be: The
Adult Years 12. Are There Things That Count That Cant Be Counted? And Do the
Things We Count, Count?
MINDFULNESS SKILLS FOR TRAUMA AND PTSD

Practices for Recovery and Resilience
RACHEL GOLDSMITH TUROW
Trauma touches every life, but the way that we approach our pain makes all the difference. Although trauma can impact our thinking, emotions, physical health, and
relationships, each person has the ability to develop new skills and perspectives.
When we approach challenges in a skillful way, we can direct attention, clarify feelings, reduce self-criticism, tolerate and decrease distress, build kindness towards
ourselves and others, make wise choices, and promote relaxation-capacities that
can reduce trauma symptoms and improve our overall well-being. The book offers
up-to-date research on implementing mindfulness and self-compassion practices
for PTSD and related difficulties-and will be of use to therapists for work with their
clients as well as themselves.
Contents: 1. What is Mindfulness, and How Does it Work? 2. Trauma and PTSD 3.
Anchor in the Present to Handle Pain from the Past: Basic Mindfulness Skills 4. SelfCompassion: The Kind Witness Within 5. Respect and Reframe: Mindfulness Practices for Intrusive Thoughts, Traumatic Memories, and Nightmares 6. Defuse Anxiety:
Mindfulness Practices for Fear, Hypervigilance, and Hyperarousal 7. Forge Ahead
Gently: Mindfulness Practices for Avoidance 8. Layers of Meaning: Mindfulness Practices for Shame, Self-Blame, Self-Criticism, Anger, and Guilt 9. Minding the Moonlight:
Mindfulness Skills for Depression after Trauma 10. Finding Something in Nothing:
Mindfulness Practices for Numbing 11. Cultivating Presence: Mindfulness Practices
for Dissociation 12. Participate and Connect: Mindfulness Practices for Interpersonal
Flourishing 13. Beyond Trauma and PTSD: Posttraumatic Growth and Resilience
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
NEW
This book provides concrete, evidence-based skills for handling a range of traumarelated challenges, such as intrusive thoughts and memories, depression, avoidance,
and dissociation, and is suitable for both trauma survivors and health professionals.
It also includes survivors personal narratives demonstrating how mindfulness practices can help build empowerment and resilience after trauma.
RACHEL GOLDSMITH TUROW,

PhD, is a clinical psychologist at
Seattle University and affiliate
faculty in the Seattle University College of Nursing, as well as
an Adjunct Assistant Professor
in the Department of Oncological Sciences at the Icahn School
of Medicine at Mount Sinai.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71126-4
February 2017 320 pages
Paperback $24.95
MINDFUL COLORING
Calming the Mind Through Art
DIANA ELISABETH DUBE, Introduction by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
[W]hat I really love about this book is the variety. . . . Mindful Coloring has the
greatest assortment of drawings in any book that I have seen so far, and as
such, I would highly recommend it. . . . [T]here is clearly something for everyone
here. Metapsychology
This gorgeously detailed coloring book is filled with whimsical and relaxing art that
inspires, soothes the mind, and unlocks the mental health benefits of coloring.
Hand-drawn by expert illustrator and teacher Diana Elisabeth Dube, the artworks
in this book are both representative and abstract. Each page offers a unique opportunity for self-expression and reaching a peaceful state of mindful awareness.
Readers will find everything from sunsets, gentle rain, and other images from nature to abstract patterns specially designed to help them color away their stress,
reflect on their day, and emerge with a healthier sense of self.
Coloring is not only calming and rejuvenating but also therapeutic. An introduction by New York Times best-selling author Daniel J. Siegel, clinical professor of
psychiatry at the UCLA School of Medicine, sets the stage for understanding the
mental and emotional benefits of coloring.
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
DIANA ELISABETH DUBE,

MsED, has been an educator
for fifteen years and has a
graduate degree in early childhood general and special education from Bank St. College. In
addition to her teaching, she
conducts professional development workshops at private
schools in New York City. As an
illustrator, she creates wedding
invitations and provides internal
and jacket art for many books.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71178-3
2016 240 pages
100 Illustrations
Paperback, with perforated pages
$14.95
AUTISM AND THE FAMILY

Understanding and Supporting Parents and Siblings
KATE E. FISKE, Foreword by TRISTRAM SMITH
NEW
The reverberations of autism spectrum disorders among parents and siblings can
be complex. Managing feelings of grief and guilt, calibrating divisions of labor, navigating treatment resources-this book draws upon clinical research and firsthand
interviews to elucidate these and many other challenges, mapping effective professional support for the whole family.
Clinicians, teachers, and other professionals working with individuals with autism
spectrum disorder (ASD) are often in frequent contact with the parents and siblings
of these individuals. Family members have unique, complex experiences when raising a child with ASD that can be difficult to navigate, from the time of the childs
diagnosis through adulthood.
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
KATE FISKE, PhD, is Associate Director of Behavioral and

Research Services at the Douglass Developmental Disabilities
Center and a Clinical Assistant
Professor at the Graduate
School of Applied and Professional Psychology of Rutgers.
She has provided treatment
and support to individuals with
autism spectrum disorder and
their families for over 15 years
in school and home-based settings. Her research emphasizes
best-practice treatment for individuals with autism spectrum
disorder.
This book helps clinicians understand the experiences of parents and siblings, as
well as other family members, and how the child with ASD influences those experiences. It provides clear recommendations on how professionals can best support
the family members with whom they work. Recommendations include how to sensitively address issues such as understanding various cultural contexts, providing a
diagnosis with empathy, incorporating extended family members and siblings into
treatment, helping parents develop effective coping strategies, building rapport
with the family, teaching parents how to evaluate treatment options for their child,
and much more.
Contents: 1. Understanding the Experience of Diagnosis 2. Recognizing Patterns of
Parent Stress Over Time 3. Appreciating the Effects of ASD on Parents and Their Relationships 4. Providing Support for Siblings 5. Integrating Extended Family in Care
and Treatment 6. Understanding a Familys Culture 7. Identifying Key Coping Strategies 8. Building a Strong Rapport With Parents 9. Guiding Parents in the Treatment
of Autism
ISBN: 978-0-393-71055-7 February 2017 336 pages Hardcover
$34.95
BEHAVIORAL CHALLENGES IN CHILDREN WITH

AUTISM AND OTHER SPECIAL NEEDS
The Developmental Approach
DIANE CULLINANE
In the ways Dr. Cullinane has translated the DIRFloortime Model, parents and professionals will find understanding, hope, and guidance in helping children of every
age develop self-regulation and experience the security of relationships that help
them feel understood and able to regulate emotions, think ahead, be flexible, and
relate to others. This book is valuable, compelling, and easy to read. It provides
the in-depth answers parents and therapists have been looking for.
Dr. Serena Wieder, Profectum Foundation, Co-Developer of the DIR Model
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
DIANE CULLINANE, MD, is a

developmental
pediatrician,
board-certified in pediatrics
and
neurodevelopmental
disabilities. She is cofounder
and executive director of
Professional Child Development Associates in Pasadena,
California, a non-profit agency
that provides a wide range
of programs and services for
children with autism and other
developmental challenges. Dr.
Cullinane is a training leader in
DIRFloortime and a principal
advocate for developmental
and relationship-based interventions.
10
Every parent encounters the stress of behavioral challenges with children. This book
offers insight into the meaning of these behaviors, identifying where development
has gone awry, and offers effective solutions. The DIRFloortime Model is based on
universal developmental principles and offers a structured, efficacy-proven model
to responding when a child with a disability has a behavioral challenge: attune, help
and recover. Clinicians will learn how to use the Developmental Approach to understand the many variables involved in the behavior of a child with special needs,
effectively respond to a challenging behavior in the moment, and create a long-term
milestone plan to support developmental and behavioral progress. A refreshing
alternative to rewards- and consequences-based models of behavior management,
the methods and practices in this book will empower any adult who interacts with
a child with special needs.
Contents: Part I: Understanding Behavior from a Developmental Perspective
1. The Developmental Approach 2. Developmental Capacities 3. Individual Differences 4. Relationships Part II: Responding to Challenging Behavior in the Moment 5. The Initial Response 6. Step 1: Attune and Organize 7. Step 2: Help 8. Step
3: Recover, Review, Repair Part III: The Long-Term Plan 9. Creating a Plan 10. The
Use of Play 11. The Course of Treatment
A CLINICAL INTRODUCTION TO FREUD

Techniques for Everyday Practice
BRUCE FINK
Contents: Chapter 1: Tracing a Symptom Back to Its Origin Chapter 2: The Unconscious Is the Exact Opposite of the Conscious: How the Unconscious Manifests Itself
in Speech and Symptoms Chapter 3: Dreams: The Royal Road to the Unconscious
Chapter 4: Obsession and the Case of the Rat Man (Ernst Langer) Chapter 5: Hysteria and the Case of Dora (Ida Bauer) Chapter 6: Symptom Formation Chapter 7: Beyond Freud? Afterword Appendix I: Addressing Some of Freuds Critics Appendix II:
On Suggestion Appendix III: Toward an Elucidation of the Rat Mans Crisis Appendix
IV: A Freudian Interpretation of Doras (Ida Bauers) Specific Symptoms Appendix V:
Sample Correspondences between Psychoanalytic and DSM-5 Diagnoses
ISBN: 978-0-393-71196-7 March 2017 320 pages Hardcover
$37.50
See page 47 for Fundamentals of Psychoanalytic Technique by Bruce Fink.
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
NEW
Having taught Freud to undergraduate and graduate students alike for twenty
years, as well as being a practicing psychoanalyst, Bruce Fink provides a highly readable introduction to Freuds work that emphasizes Freuds enduring clinical relevance
and usefulness to practitioners of many persuasions, not just to those who are psychoanalytically trained. With reference to topics as varied as Star Trek, The Moody
Blues, and unicorns, as well as covering expected topics such as repression, symptom formation, and the unconscious, this book is essential reading for all therapists
who are open to learning about theories that may help their clients.
BRUCE FINK, PhD, is a practicing Lacanian psychoanalyst

and analytic supervisor who
trained in France with the psychoanalytic institute Jacques
Lacan created shortly before
his death, the cole de la Cause
freudienne in Paris. He has
translated several of Lacans
works into English-including
crits: The First Complete Edition in English, Seminar XX:
Encore, and Seminar VIII, Transference-and is the author of
numerous books on Lacan.
THE DEVELOPMENTAL SCIENCE OF EARLY

CHILDHOOD
Clinical Applications of Infant Mental Health Concepts From
Infancy Through Adolescence
CLAUDIA M. GOLD
The field commonly known as infant mental health integrates current research
from developmental psychology, genetics, and neuroscience in a model of prevention, intervention, and treatment well beyond infancy. This book presents the core
concepts of this vibrant field and applies them to the treatment of common childhood problems, from attention deficits to anxiety and sleep disorders.
Fundamental concepts from the science of early brain development are deeply
relevant to mental health care throughout a clients lifespan. In an era when new
research is illuminating so much, any mental health practitioner has much to gain by
learning this leading-edge disciplines essential applications. This book makes those
applications, and their robust benefits in work with clients, readily available to any
professional.
Contents: Part I. Key Concepts of the Infant Mental Health Paradigm 1. Primary Maternal Preoccupation and Other Foundational Concepts 2. Attachment
and Mentalization 3. Temperament, Sensory Processing, and Related Concepts 4.
Mutual Regulation and Dyadic Meaning Making 5. The Neurosequential Model of
Therapeutics 6. How Relationships Change the Brain Part II. Clinical Applications
of the Infant Mental Health Paradigm 7. How the Science of Early Childhood Informs the Therapeutic Relationship 8. Taking a Textured Early Developmental History 9. Reframing Postpartum Depression 10. Listening for Multigenerational Loss
and Trauma 11. Treating Sleep Problems in a Developmental-Relational Context 12.
Synthesis: Addressing Problems of Regulation of Behavior, Emotion, and Attention
Through an Infant Mental Health Paradigm
ISBN: 978-0-393-70962-9 February 2017 256 pages Hardcover
$27.95
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
CLAUDIA M. GOLD, MD, runs the

Early Childhood Social Emotional Health Program at Newton-Wellesley Hospital and
practices behavioral pediatrics
in Great Barrington, Massachusetts. She is author of Keeping
Your Child in Mind: Overcoming
Defiance, Tantrums, and Other
Everyday Behavior Problems
by Seeing the World through
Your Childs Eyes, and blogs
regularly for The Boston Globe
and Psychology Today.
11
THE GENOGRAM CASEBOOK

A Clinical Companion to Genograms: Assessment and
Intervention
NEW
MONICA McGOLDRICK
[This] superbly detailed, clinically rich casebook is a must-read textbook on
how the genogram can be skillfully and insightfully used to help individuals,
couples, and families explore and resolve some of their most difficult relationship issues. This book should be an essential companion, instructor, and wise supervisor for
therapists at all levels of experience. DeWitt Baldwin, Jr., MD, Professor Emeritus of
Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of Nevada Medical School
Widely used by family therapists and all health care professionals, the genogram is
a graphic way of organizing the mass of information gathered during a family assessment and finding patterns in the
family system for more targeted treatment. Genograms are a non-intrusive and non-confrontational way to learn about
a clients history, providing an essential guide for understanding the complexity of a clients experiences, characteristics,
values, and context.This clinical primer accompanies the bestselling Genograms: Assessment and Intervention, articulating exactly how to use genograms in clinical practice.
Contents: 1. Using Genograms in Clinical Practice 2. Getting Started 3. Assessment, Engagement, and Therapy 4. Resistance to Genograms 5. Fusion and Cut-off 6. Triangle and Detriangling 7. Helping Clients Deal with Legacies of Loss 8.
Worth with Couples, Divorce and Remarriage 9. Families with Children and the Use of Family Play Genograms 10. Using
Genograms to Understand Siblings
MONICA MCGOLDRICK, MA, MSW, PhD, is co-founder and director of the Multicultural Family Institute in Highland Park,
New Jersey, and adjunct faculty at Robert Wood Johnson Medicla School. She is also the co-editor of Living Beyond Loss,
2nd Edition, and Women in Families (see page 63).
ISBN: 978-0-393-70907-0 2016 352 pages Paperback $32.00
Also by Monica McGoldrick:
GENOGRAMS
Assessment and Intervention, Third Edition
MONICA MCGOLDRICK, RANDY GERSON, and SUELI PETRY
[A] seminal work . . . . [A] necessity for clinicians and researchers working
with families. The Family Psychologist
Monica McGoldrick, godmother of genograms, has triumphed again with this third
edition of her classic text. There are few scholarly books that entertain, delight, and
educate in equal measures. This is one of them. The British Journal of Psychiatry
Updated and expanded in its third edition and featuring revised genograms for
easier reading, this bestselling text provides a standard method for constructing a
genogram, doing a genogram interview, and interpreting the results. Genograms of
famous families-Sigmund Freud, Woody Allen and Mia Farrow, the Kennedys, Jane Fonda and Ted Turner, Bill Clinton,
Princess Diana, the Roosevelts, and Thomas Jefferson, to name a few-bring the text to life.
Contents: 1. Genograms: Mapping Family Systems 2. Creating Genograms 3. The Genogram Interview 4. Tracking Family
Patterns Through Time and Space 5. Interpreting Family Structure 6. Assessing Family Patterns and Functioning 7. Relational Patterns and Triangles 8. Tracking Individuals and Families Through the Life Cycle 9. Clinical Uses of the Genogram
10. Family Play Genograms 11. Using Genograms for Family Research
THE GENOGRAM JOURNEY

Reconnecting with Your Family
MONICA McGOLDRICK
Monica McGoldrick is our most important and trusted voice on the subject
of families . . . . Every man and woman in therapy can hope that their therapist has
discovered this book. Harriet Lerner, PhD, author, The Dance of Connection
Fully updated since its first publication 15 years ago, this notable work poignantly
explains how the genogram can help us to better understand and mend family relationships and dynamics. Weaving together illustrations and genograms of famous
families-including the Obamas-McGoldrick sheds light on a range of complex issues
such as birth order and sibling rivalry, family myths and secrets, cultural differences,
couple relationships, and the pivotal role of loss. Clinicians learn to mine previously
untapped information about their clients family patterns, leading them to a reconnection to home and a deeper sense of well-being.
Originally published as You Can Go Home Again.
12
CAROLYN COSTIN and GWEN SCHUBERT GRABB

8 Keys to Recovery from an Eating Disorder was lauded as a brave and hopeful book
as well as remarkably readable. Now, the authors have returned with a companion
workbook-offering all new assignments, strategies, and personal reflections to help
your clients heal their relationship to food and their bodies.
Clients of Costin and Grabb consistently tell them that knowing they are both recovered is one of the most helpful aspect of their treatment. As such, the authors bring
a personal tone to the writing of this book. It is designed to simulate, just a little bit,
what its like to be in therapy with Carolyn and Gwen. Throughout the book there are
personal accounts from others, including the authors. Chock full of information and exercises, goal sheets, food journals,
clinical anecdotes and stories, this book will be an invaluable resource to recommend to your clients.
The 8 Keys Include: Key 1. Motivation, Patience, and Hope Key 2. Your Healthy Self Will Heal Your Eating Disorder
Self Key 3. Its Not About the Food Key 4. Feel Your Feelings, Challenge Your Thoughts Key 5. It IS About the Food Key
6. Changing Your Behaviors Key 7. Reach Out to People Rather than Your Eating Disorder Key 8. Finding Meaning and
Purpose
CAROLYN COSTIN, MA, MED, MFT, founder of Monte Nido Treatment Center, is a therapist, activist, author, and renowned
eating disorder expert.
GWEN SCHUBERT GRABB is a psychotherapist in private practice. She lives in Palos Verdes Penninsula, California.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71128-8 March 2017 288 pages Paperback $19.95
Also available:
8 KEYS TO RECOVERY FROM AN EATING DISORDER

See page 54 for the full listing.
THE 8 KEYS TO END BULLYING ACTIVITY PROGRAM

FOR KIDS & TWEENS
Putting the Keys Into Action at Home & School
SIGNE WHITSON
This is a comprehensive anti-bullying curriculum for school-aged
readers and the adults in their lives. Organized around the groundbreaking principles of 8 Keys to End Bullying (see page 53), the
two-book program builds key social-emotional skills in young
readers, empowering them to cope with conflict and end bullying
in their communities and schools. Kids can complete the activities
independently or alongside a caring adult.
The 8 Keys to End Bullying Activity Book for Kids & Tweens: Activities, Quizzes, Games, & Skills for Putting the Keys Into Actionoffers
dozens of simple worksheets, games, illustrations, and targeted
resources to cultivate (1) assertiveness, emotion management,
and friendship skills in kids vulnerable to bullying, (2) problem-solving skills for kids who witness bullying, and (3) empathy and kindness skills in kids who are likely to bully their peers.
NEW in the 8 KEYS TO MENTAL HEALTH SERIES

WORKBOOK
The 8 Keys to End Bullying Activity Book Companion Guide for Parents & Educators, enhances the role of parents and
professionals in helping young people navigate challenging social dynamics and overcome bullying. As an efficacy-driven
leaders manual for the Activity Book, it provides helpful guidelines and vital background information for leading kids
and students through each activity and lesson.
SIGNE WHITSON, a licensed social worker, author, and educator, is COO of Life Space Crisis Intervention Institute, and
presents workshops nationwide for parents and professionals on bullying and anger in kids. She is the author 8 Keys to
End Bullying.
Available individually or as a set.

The 8 Keys to End Bullying Activity Book for Kids & Tweens ISBN: 978-0-393-71180-6 Paperback
$19.95
Companion Guide for Parents & Educators ISBN: 978-0-393-71182-0 Paperback $19.95
The 8 Keys to End Bullying Activity Program for Kids & Tweens and Companion Guide for Parents & Educators
Two-book set: ISBN: 978-0-393-71212-4 Paperback $36.00
For more books in the 8 Keys to Mental Health Series, see pages 34, 43, 53, and 54.
Also Available:
8 KEYS TO END BULLYING: STRATEGIES FOR PARENTS & SCHOOLS

See page 53 for the full listing.
13
NEW in THE NORTON SERIES on INTERPERSONAL NEUROBIOLOGY
NEW in The Norton Series on Interpersonal Neurobiology

Louis J. Cozolino, PhD, Series EditorAllan N. Schore, PhD, Series Editor, 2007-2014
Daniel J. Siegel, MD, Founding Editor
TREATING TRAUMA-RELATED DISSOCIATION

A Practical, Integrative Approach
KATHY STEELE, SUZETTE BOON, and ONNO VAN DER HART
This comprehensive volume, born out of thousands of hours of treating patients with
dissociative disorders, focuses not only on how to conceptualize and treat dissociation, but on how to be with patients who experience themselves as many instead of
one. A must for all trauma therapists.
KATHY STEELE, MN, CS, is Clinical Director of Metropolitan Counseling Services and
in private practice in Atlanta, GA. SUZETTE BOON, PhD, is a clinical psychologist and
psychotherapist working in private practice in Maarssen, the Netherlands. ONNO VAN
DER HART, PhD, is Professor Emeritus of Psychopathology of Chronic Traumatization,
Utrecht University, and a psychologist in Amstelveen,the Netherlands.
Contents: 1. Dissociation as Non-Realization Part I: The Therapeutic Relationship 2. The Good Enough Therapist 3.
The Therapeutic Relationship: Safety, Threat, and Conflict 4. Beyond Attachment: A Collaborative Therapeutic Relationship Part II: Assessment, Case Formulation, and Treatment Planning 5. Assessment of Dissociative Disorders 6. Beyond Diagnosis: Further Assessment, Prognosis, and Case Formulation 7. Treatment Planning 8. Principles of Treatment 9.
Phase-Oriented Treatment: An Overview Part III: Phase 1 Treatment and Beyond 10. Working With Dissociative Parts:
An Integrative Systems Perspective 11. Resistance as Phobic Avoidance: An Introduction 12. Resistance as Phobic Avoidance: Practical Approaches 13. Dependency in Therapy: Always, Sometimes, Never? 14. Working With Child Parts of the
Patient 15. Integrative Approaches to Shame 16. Working With Angry and Hostile Parts of the Patient 17. Working With
Perpetrator-Imitating Parts of the Patient 18. Resolving Unsafe Behaviors 19. Selected Issues Part IV: Phase 2 Treatment 20. Treatment of Traumatic Memory: An Overview 21. Treatment of Traumatic Memory: Guidelines and Techniques
Part V: Phase 3 Treatment 22. Integration of Dissociative Parts Into a Cohesive Personality 23. Phase 3 and Beyond
See page 26 for Coping with Trauma-Related Dissociation by Boon, Steele, and van der Hart.
THE NEUROBIOLOGY OF ATTACHMENT-FOCUSED

THERAPY
Enhancing Connection & Trust in the Treatment of Children &
Adolescents
JONATHAN BAYLIN, DANIEL A. HUGHES
This groundbreaking book explores how the attachment-focused family therapy
model works at a neural level. Investigation of the brain science of early childhood and
developmental trauma offers clinicians new insights-and powerful new methodsto help neglected and insecurely attached children regain a sense of safety and security with caring adults.
Dr. Baylin and Dr. Hughes begin by explaining the neurobiology of blocked trust, using the latest social neuroscience to show how the childs early development gets
channeled into a core strategy of defensive living. The authors continue by distilling
exciting new research on behavioral epigenetics, showing how highly stressful early life experiences affect brain development through patterns of gene expression, adapting the childs brain for mistrust rather than trust.
Finally, the book explores what goes on in the childs brain during attachment-focused therapy, honing in on the dyadic
processes of adult-child interaction that seem to embody the core mechanisms of change: those elements of attachment-focused interventions that seem to target the childs defensive brain, calm this system, and reopen the childs
potential to learn from new experiences with caring adults that it is safe to depend upon them.
JONATHAN BAYLIN, PhD, is a psychologist in private practice, offers workshops for therapists on integrating knowledge
about the brain with psychotherapy. He is the co-author of Brain-Based Parenting (see page 23).
DANIEL A. HUGHES, PhD, is a prominent attachment specialist and private practitioner. President of the Dyadic Developmental Psychotherapy Institute, he consults and gives trainings in the U.S. and abroad on issues of attachment and
family therapy. He is the author of many books, including Attachment-Focused Family Therapy, Attachment-Focused
Family Therapy Workbook, Attachment-Focused Parenting (see page 63), and 8 Keys to Building Your Best Relationships
(page 54), and co-author of Brain-Based Parenting (page 23).
Contents: 1. Good Care and Poor Care: The Neurodynamics of Attachment and Caregiving 2. Blocked Trust: Stress and
Early Brain Development 3. Blocked Care: The Parenting Brain and the Role of the Caregiver 4. Attachment-Focused
Treatment: The Core Processes of Change 5. Trust-Building in ParentChild Dyads 6. Practicing Openness: Awakening
Trust and Engagement with Relational Processing and Fear Extinction 7. Healing Stories: Prosody, Integrative Narratives, and Co-Creation of Meaning 8. Playing in Safety: Strengthening Attachment Bonds with Delight and Co-Regulation of Affect 9. Treating Blocked Care: Guidelines for Working with Parents 10. Therapeutic Presence: Brain-Based
Approaches to Staying Open and Engaged with Caregivers and Children 11. Expanding the Model: Mindfulness, EMDR,
Neurofeedback, and More
14
MARION SOLOMON and DANIEL J. SIEGEL, Editors

This bookexplores the complexities of attachment, the brain, mind, and body as they aid
change during psychotherapy. Research is presented about the properties of healing relationships and communication strategies that facilitate change in the social brain.
Topics include: Psychotherapy as the Growth of Wholeness A Whole-Person Approach
to Dynamic Psychotherapy How Couples Change A Sensorimotor Psychotherapy Perspective Emotion, the Body and Change How Children Change within the Therapeutic
Relationship The Therapeutic Use of Optimal Stress The Disintegrative Core of Relational Trauma and a Way Towards Unity Co-Creating an Emergent Experience of Connection, Safety, and Awareness in Psychotherapy
Contributors include: Philip M. Bromberg Louis Cozolino Vanessa Davis Bonnie Goldstein Dan Hughes Peter
Levine Pat Ogden Russell Meares Martha Stark Stan Tatkin Margaret Wilkinson and others
ISBN: 978-0-393-71176-9 January 2017 384 pages Hardcover $37.50
SEX ADDICTION AS AFFECT DYSREGULATION

A Neurobiologically Informed Holistic Treatment
ALEXANDRA KATEHAKIS, Foreword by ALLAN N. SCHORE
Clinical experience strongly suggests that sex addiction (SA) treatment informed by affective neuroscience-the specialty of Alexandra Katehakis-proves profoundly transformative. Katehakiss relational protocol, blends neurobiology with psychology to accomplish full recovery. Her Psychobiological Approach to Sex Addiction Treatment (PASAT)
joins therapist and patient through a relationally-based psychotherapy-a holistic, dyadic
dance that calls on the body, brain and mind of both.
Written with clarity and compassion, this book integrates cutting-edge research, case
studies, verbatim session records, and patient writings and art. Katehakis explicates neurophysiological, psychological, and cultural forces priming and maintaining SA, then details
how her innovative treatment restores patients interpersonal, sexual and spiritual relationality.
Contents: Part One: Understanding SA: Terms, Etiology, Mechanisms, and Effects 1. History, Debates, and Definitions: The Evolving Field of Sex Addiction 2. Basic Neurophysiology of Attachment and Affect Regulation 3. Etiology,
Mechanisms, and Effects of Addiction 4. Individual, Familial, and Cultural Factors Perpetuating Sex Addiction Part Two:
Assessing and Treating SA 5. Presentation and Initial Assessment of Sex Addiction 6. Holistic Treatment Goals and
Protocols for Body, Brain, and Relationship 7. First Steps: Extinguishing Addictive Behaviors Using PASAT 8. Healing Underlying Trauma Using PASAT 9. Epilogue: Restoring Social, Sexual, and Spiritual Relationality 10. Conclusions and Applications: How Public Policy Can Protect and Nourish Relational Health
PRENATAL DEVELOPMENT AND PARENTS LIVED

EXPERIENCES
How Early Events Shape Our Psychophysiology and Relationships
ANN DIAMOND WEINSTEIN
This book presents recent knowledge, research and theory about the earliest developmental period, from conception to birth, which holds even greater consequences for
the health and development of the human organism than was previously understood.
Theory and research in multiple disciplines provide the foundation for the exploration of
how experiences during conception and time in the womb; during and after birth; and
experiences with caregivers and the family system in the early postnatal period impact an
individual physically, cognitively, emotionally and socially over their life span.
Knowledge drawn from numerous fields highlights theopportunity for parents-to-be and
the practitioners who care for them to intentionally support the cultivation of nurturing internal and external environments during the preconception, prenatal and early parenting periods. Theory and research from the fields of psychology, medicine, psychophysiology, epigenetics, and traumatology, among others, suggest that doing so will support lifelong multidimensional aspects of healthy development in children and adults and may also benefit future generations.
NEW in THE NORTON SERIES on INTERPERSONAL NEUROBIOLOGY
HOW PEOPLE CHANGE

Relationships and Neuroplasticity in Psychotherapy
Contents: 1. Effects of Prenatal and Birth Experiences Over the Life Span 2. Multidisciplinary Support for Prenatal and
Perinatal Psychology 3. Prenatal Experience Influences the Development of the Embryo and Fetus 4. Maternal Perceptions Impact the Prenatal Environment 5. Life Course Experiences Affect Females Hormonal and Reproductive Processes 6. Development of the Prenates Sensory Systems 7. Development of the Prenates Autonomic Nervous System 8.
Epigenetics: Impacts of the Prenatal Environment on the Expression of Genes 9. Preconception and Prenatal Traumatic
Stress Shape Maternal Experiences 10. Layers of Loss Contribute to the Burden of Unresolved Grief 11. Experience and
Impacts of Assisted Reproductive Technologies 12. Implications and Opportunities for Practice, Training, and Policy Appendices and References
ISBN 978-0-393-71106-6 2016 496 pages Hardcover $47.50
15
THE NORTON SERIES on INTERPERSONAL NEUROBIOLOGY
SCIENTIFIC FUNDAMENTALS: WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW
WHY THERAPY WORKS

Using Our Minds to Change Our Brains
LOUIS COZOLINO
There are so many important concepts and ideas that I found myself underlining and
highlighting sections. I was intrigued with Cozolinos concept that we can change our
brain. And, his explanations about attachment and healing are excellent. . . . [H]e offers
his own experiences to illuminate his ideas. This makes him human, believable, and
likeable. . . . I look forward to rereading this book. It will be useful to review referencespecific issues. I recommend it to both colleagues and students.
The Milton H. Erickson Foundation Newsletter
Contents: Part I: The Thinking Brain Consciousness and Self-Awareness 1.
Why Humans Need Therapy 2. Why Therapy Works 3. The Nonpresenting Problem 4.
Using Our Minds to Change Our Brains 5. Those Things We Dont Remember Yet Never Forget Part II: The Social Brain
Embodied and Embedded 6. The Social Brain and Failure to Thrive 7. Attachment and Intimate Relationships 8. Core
Shame 9. Social Status Schema: Our Place in the Social World 10. Helping Clients Become Alphas Part III: Dissociation
and Integration Applications to Psychotherapy 11. Anxiety and Stress 12. Understanding and Treating Trauma 13.
Complex Trauma: A Developmental Perspective 14. The Power of Coherent Narratives 15. Pain is Inevitable, Suffering is
Optional
THE NEUROSCIENCE OF PSYCHOTHERAPY,

Second Edition
Healing the Social Brain
LOUIS COZOLINO
If Kandel brought the viewpoint of a Nobel Prize neuroscientist, Cozolino delivers the informed perspective and integrative thinking of a master clinician
in this updated edition. . . . This beautifully written book is indispensable for anyone
involved in the fields of mental health or public policy. Psychiatric Times
In an accessible synthesis of current findings in neuroscience, Louis Cozolino illustrates
how the brains architecture is related to the problems, passions, and aspirations of
human beings. As the book so elegantly argues, all forms of psychotherapyfrom psychoanalysis to behavioral interventionsare successful to the extent to which they
enhance change in relevant neural circuits.
Topics covered include: The Entangled Histories of Neurology and Psychology Building and Rebuilding the Human
Brain Neural Integration in Different Modes of Therapy The Human Nervous System and the Legacy of Evolution
Memory Systems Laterality: One Brain or Two? The Organization of Experience and the Healthy Brain Consciousness and Reality Neural Network Integration Building the Social Brain The Neurobiology of Attachment The Anxious and Fearful Brain Trauma and Neural Network Integration Narcissism and Pathological Caretaking The Evolutionary Necessity of Psychotherapy The Psychotherapist as Neuroscientist
THE NEUROSCIENCE OF HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS,

Second Edition
Attachment and the Developing Brain
LOUIS COZOLINO
I have been using Cozolinos wisdom and work both for my clients and myself since
reading this book. The breadth of empirical knowledge and wisdom it contains is
phenomenal. PsychCentral
Since the publication of the bestselling first edition of this book on how relationships
build our brains, the field of social neuroscience has grown at a mind-numbing pace.
Technical advances have expanded and deepened our understanding of mirror neurons, functional neural systems, and the essential interdependence of brain and mind.
The new edition of this book organizes this cutting-edge, abundant research and
presents its compelling insights, giving readers a deeper appreciation of how and why
relationships have the power to reshape our brains throughout our life.
Topics include: IntroductionI, Me, Mine Part 1: The Emergence of Social Neuroscience: An Overview The Social
Brain The Evolving Brain Part II: The Social Brain Structures and Functions The Developing Brain The Social
Brain: A Thumbnail Sketch Social and Emotional Laterality Part III: Building the Social Synapse Experience-Dependent Plasticity: The Science of Epigenetics Reflexes and Instincts: Jump-Starting Attachment Addicted to Love
Implicit Social Memory Ways of Attaching Part IV: I See You Ive Just Seen a Face Getting to Know You Monkey See,
Monkey Do: Imitation and Mirror Neurons Resonance, Attunement, and Empathy Part V: The Power of Relationships
Sociostasis: How Relationships Regulate Our Brains The Impact of Early Stress Interpersonal Trauma Part VI: Disorders of the Social Brain Social Phobia: When Others Trigger Fear Borderline Personality Disorder: When Attachment
Fails Psychopathy: The Antisocial Brain Autism: The Asocial Brain Part VII: Social Neural Plasticity Self and Others
From Neurons to Narratives Healing Relationships From Social Brain to Group Mind
16
THE HEALTHY AGING BRAIN

Sustaining Attachment, Attaining Wisdom
LOUIS COZOLINO
I highly recommend reading The Healthy Aging Brain. This book, reassures readers that
mental deterioration need not accompany growing old, and to that end, Cozolino even
provides an appendix listing 52 different activities to keep older brains vibrant.
The Scientist
Cozolino offers a neuroscientifically-based account of just how our brains age and evolve
over time, and what we can do to make life as long and fulfilling as possible.
See page 50 for Louis Cozolinos The Making of a Therapist.
FOUNDATIONAL CONCEPTS IN NEUROSCIENCE

A Brain-Mind Odyssey
DAVID E. PRESTI
This book is a gem . . . a lucid survey of the whole majestic sweep of contemporary neuroscience, written for the non-medical reader. It will make an excellent textbook for any introductory course in neuroscience. V. S. Ramachandran, author of The Tell-Tale Brain
Based on the authors popular UC Berkeley course, this book provides a complete overview of brain structure and function. Comprehensive enough to use as a text in an introductory course on neuroscience, but fundamental enough to be read by anyone interested in learning how the brain works, the chapters in the book are concise yet thorough,
rigorous yet easy-to-follow and fun to read.
Contents: 1. Origins 2. Nervous Systems and Brains 3. Chemistry and Life 4. Genes and the History of Molecular Biology
5. How Neurons Generate Signals 6. Synapses, Neurotransmitters, and Receptors 7. Neuroanatomy and Excitability 8.
Poison, Medicine, and Pharmacology 9. Psychoactive Drugs 10. Neural Development and Neuroplasticity 11. Sensory Perception 12. Nose and Smell 13. Tongue and Taste 14. Eye and Vision 15. Ear and Hearing 16. Skin, Touch, and Movement
17. Imaging the Brain 18. Connectivity, Language, and Meaning 19. Memory 20. Rhythms, Sleep, and Dreams 21. Emotion
22. Mind, Consciousness, and Reality
AFFECT REGULATION THEORY

A Clinical Model
DANIEL HILL, Foreword by ALLAN N. SCHORE
Daniel Hill is a master teacher, and in Affect Regulation Theory he demonstrates
how affects and their regulation and dysregulation are central to our sense of agency,
authenticity, and interpersonal relations. This book is essential reading for graduate
students and clinicians. Lewis Aron, PhD, Director, New York University Postdoctoral
Program in Psychotherapy & Psychoanalysis
Drawing on cutting-edge understanding from the fields of attachment, developmental
trauma, implicit processes, and neurobiology, this is the first book of its kind to translate
the intricacies of affect regulation theory into a cogent clinical synthesis and useful guide
for any practitioner.
Topice Include: Affect Regulation and the Attachment Relationship Self-States The Neurobiology of the Primary
Affect-Regulating System The Right Brain and the Implicit Self Mentalization Relational Traumas Chronic Dissociation Personality Disorders Pervasive Dissociated Shame Therapeutic Aims Therapeutic Actions: Explicit and
Implicit Interactive Regulation and Vitalizing Attunement
BRAIN MODEL & PUZZLE

Anatomy & Functional Areas of the Brain
BACK BY
POPULAR DEMAND
An ideal tool for helping your clients to visualize the complexities of the brain
and mental health disordersand a useful refresher for practitioners who
find brain anatomy overwhelmingthis color-coded brain puzzle puts it all in
perspective, allowing users to deconstruct the major functional areas of the
cerebral cortex to see exactly how and where they fit together.
Watch an online video and see how it all fits together!
Visit tinyurl.com/BrainPuzzle17
$29.95 single item
$5.00 with the purchase of any 2 books from this catalog
ISBN: 978-0-393-73289-4 2009
FREE with the purchase of any 3 books from this catalog
17
THE POLYVAGAL THEORY

Neurophysiological Foundations of Emotions, Attachment,
Communication, and Self-Regulation
STEPHEN W. PORGES, Foreword by BESSEL A. VAN DER KOLK
[O]ne of the most important books written on the nervous system in the last fifty
years. . . . Porgess studies and his theory of the social vagus represent a major advancement in human knowledge, and are already improving the practices of psychotherapy and
mind-body medicine. Norman Doidge, MD, author of The Brain That Changes Itself
Adopted by clinicians around the world, Stephen Porgess groundbreaking Polyvagal
Theory has provided exciting new insights into the way our autonomic nervous system
unconsciously mediates social engagement, trust, and intimacy.
Topics discussed include: Adaptive Reactions of the Autonomic Nervous System Biobehavioral Regulation During Early
Development Social Communication and Relationships: Emotions, Attachment and the Neural Regulation of the Autonomic Nervous System Therapeutic and Clinical Perspectives: Autism, Borderline Personality Disorder, Abuse, Trauma, Music
Therapy and the Polyvagal Theory Social Behavior and Health: Affect and Caregiving in Light of Neurobiology and Evolution
THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF MIND

Neuroevolutionary Origins of Human Emotions
JAAK PANKSEPP and LUCY BIVEN, Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
Jaak Panksepp is the most important theorist of mental life that I have read since
Freud. The impact of his scientific contributions will be felt for decades to come.
His findingsso lucidly introduced in this accessible book with Lucy Bivenherald a new
golden age. . . . In these pages, the supposed chasm between mind and brain disappears
before your eyes. Mark Solms, Editor, Freuds Complete Works
Integrative, judicious, creative, welcoming of divergent perspectives, and very accessible,
this is a grand synthesis and should be a part of every library. . . . Essential. CHOICE
The Archaeology of Mindpresents an affective neuroscience approachwhich takes into
consideration basic mental processes, brain functions, and emotional behaviors that all mammals shareto locate the
neural mechanisms of emotional expression. It revealsfor the first timethe deep neural sources of our values and
basic emotional feelings.
Topics discussed include: The Seeking System: How the Brain Generates a Euphoric and Expectant Response The Fear
System: How the Brain Responds to the Threat of Physical Danger and Death The Rage System: Sources of Irritation and Fury
in the Brain The Lust System: How Sexual Desire and Attachments Are Elaborated in the Brain The Care System: Sources
of Maternal Nurturance The Grief System: Sources of Non-Sexual Attachments The Play System: How the Brain Generates Joyful, Rough-and-Tumble Interactions The Self: A Hypothesis Explaining How Affects Might Be Elaborated in the Brain
BODY SENSE
The Science and Practice of Embodied Self-Awareness
ALAN FOGEL
Fogel writes with a depth of knowledge and understanding that is admirable and which
offers the reader a trustworthy and encyclopaedic reference text for gaining a better
sense of how to both recognize and stay in contact with our embodied selves.
Contemporary Psychotherapy
Body Sense combines a ground-up explanation of the anatomical and neurological sources of embodied self-awareness with practical exercises in touch and movement.
Previously published in hardcover as The Psychophysiology of Self-Awareness
FROM AXONS TO IDENTITY

Neurological Explorations of the Nature of the Self
TODD E. FEINBERG
The big questions facing neuroscience are about how brain circuits contribute to self
and personality, to identity. Todd Feinberg is one of the few clinician-scientists tackling
these complex and important issues. Joseph LeDoux, PhD, Professor, NYU Center for
Neural Science; author of Synaptic Self: How Our Brains Become Who We Areand The
Emotional Brain: The Mysterious Underpinnings of Emotional Life
By examining what goes wrong with the sense of self in individuals with brain dysfunction, leading neuroscientist Dr. Todd E. Feinberg offers an intriguing scientific exploration
of the neurobiological origins of the self, presenting an engaging new theory with farreaching implications for the link between brain and identity.
18
THE SCIENCE OF THE ART OF PSYCHOTHERAPY

ALLAN N. SCHORE
One would be hard pressed to find another book so extensively filled with an upto-date and extensive review of contemporary studies on the affective and neuroscience literature related to psychotherapy and psychoanalysis as this . . . [A] major
reference source for those interested in understanding the brain-mind-body relationships, particularly in the two person model, focused on the dissociative process,
and the autonomic nervous system concomitants. Journal of Analytical Psychology
Topics covered include: Affect Regulation Therapy and Clinical Neuropsychoanalysis
Relational Trauma and the Developing Right Brain Right Brain Affect Regulation
Therapeutic Enactments Attachment Developmental Neuroethology and Social Context Borderline Personality Disorder and the Right Hemisphere Bowbys Environment
of Evolutionary Adaptedness Family Law and the Neuroscience of Attachment
AFFECT REGULATION AND THE REPAIR OF THE SELF

AFFECT DYSREGULATION AND DISORDERS OF THE SELF
ALLAN N. SCHORE
Seldom does one have the privilege of reviewing work as important and impressive as these volumes. . . . One cannot over-emphasize the significance
of Schores monumental creative labor. . . . Oliver Sackss work has made a great
deal of difference to neurology, but Schores is perhaps even more revolutionary
and pivotal. I am pleased to steer all my distinguished neurologist friends to these
volumes. Contemporary Psychoanalysis
These books bring together Schores integrative work on affect regulation and
dysregulation. Considered together, they show both the breadth of his theoretical
models and the practical import of his findings. The complex biopsychosocial model
that emerges from Schores research highlights the integrative character of the biological and the psychological realms in early development and over the course of the
human lifespan.
Affect Regulation: ISBN: 978-0-393-70407-5 2003 384 pages $45.00
Affect Dysregulation: ISBN: 978-0-393-70406-8 2003 432 pages Hardcover $45.00
Set of two books: ISBN: 978-0-393-70408-2 $80.00
The Allan Schore Collection: A special discounted set of all three of Allan Schores books
The Science of The Art of Psychotherapy, Affect Dysregulation and Disorders of the Self, Affect Regulation and
Repair of the Self ISBN: 978-0-393-70780-9 $120.00
THE NEUROBEHAVIORAL AND SOCIAL-EMOTIONAL

DEVELOPMENT OF INFANTS AND CHILDREN
ED TRONICK
[A] tour de force. . . . Tronicks ability to integrate the realms of developmental, neurobiological and psychoanalytic psychology is nothing short of astonishing. . . . [A]n
essential textbook for students and scholars of infant development and a valuable
resource for clinical practitioners at all levels. New England Psychologist
Organized into five partsNeurobehavior, Culture, Infant Social-Emotional Interaction, Perturbations: Natural and Experimental, and Dyadic Expansion of Consciousness and Meaning Makingthis book represents all of Tronicks landmark ideas and
studies regarding infant-adult interactions, developmental processes, and mutual
regulation. It also includes a CD-ROM with video clips of Tronicks Still-Face Paradigm.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70517-1 2007 604 pages Hardcover w/CD-ROM $55.00
INFANT/CHILD MENTAL HEALTH, EARLY INTERVENTION,

AND RELATIONSHIP-BASED THERAPIES
A Neurorelational Framework for Interdisciplinary Practice
CONNIE LILLAS, JANIECE TURNBULL
[A] gold mine of information. . . . this book is vital background knowledge for anyone working with at-risk or atypically developing young children and their families.
PsycCritiques
In response to the critical need for a more cohesive system of care for our youngest
patients, this book presents a conceptual framework for interdisciplinary collaboration.
Examining the issues of infant mental health and early intervention from a brain-based
perspectiveone that cuts across all domainsLillas and Turnbull address the need for individual practitioners to incorporate the whole picture as they assess and intervene with
each individual child and parent, and provide a global framework for team collaboration.
Includes a CD-Rom with supplemental worksheets, figures, and tables.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70425-9 2009 608 pages Hardcover w/CD-ROM $52.00
19
THERAPEUTIC FRAMEWORK: HOW YOU NEED TO BE
POCKET GUIDE TO INTERPERSONAL NEUROBIOLOGY

An Integrative Handbook of the Mind
DANIEL J. SIEGEL
Dr. Daniel Siegel is one of the most thoughtful, eloquent, scientifically solid and reputable exponents of mind/body/brain integration in the world today.
Jon Kabat-Zinn, PhD, author of Wherever You Go, There You Are
Siegels book does an amazing job reflecting his vast knowledge of how our brains
and our relationships interact to shape our lives. PsychCentral
This book is designed to aid in your personal and professional application of the interpersonal neurobiology approach to developing a healthy mind, an integrated brain,
and empathic relationships. It will also assist you in seeing the intricate foundations
of interpersonal neurobiology as you read other books in the Norton Series on Interpersonal Neurobiology.
Topics covered include: Mind Relationships Brain and Body Mindful Awareness Neuroplasticity The Brain as a
System Integration . Attachment Mindsight Interpersonal Attunement Energy and Information Flow Memory
Narrative Emotion Response Flexibility Windows of Tolerance Mental Well-Being and the Healthy Mind UnHealth and Dis-Ease Internal Education From Me to We: An Expanded Self Mind and Planet Mind and Culture
THE MINDFUL THERAPIST

A Clinicians Guide to Mindsight and Neural Integration
DANIEL J. SIEGEL
In my 40 years of practice, I can count on one hand the number of books I
would call seminal. After reading The Mindful Therapist, that number just
increased by one. Scientifically grounded, evidence-based, compassionate, and
exquisitely human, this approach will fundamentally change the way we do psychotherapy. I hope everyone who practices our craft reads this book, and I hope they read it
often. Daniel Gottlieb, PhD, Host, Voices in the Family, WHYY FM Radio, Contributor
to The Philadelphia Inquirer
The Mindful Therapist is a deep exploration of what it means to be mindful and how
to cultivate mindfulness in the therapeutic relationship. Exercises offered throughout
the book promote the development of mindsightour ability to sense and shape the
flow of energy and information within and between each of us. Mindsight promotes
integration, a mindful presence, and the nurturing of empathic relationshipsall of which are key to effective therapy.
Visit the book page for audio exercises and other content at: wwnorton.com/books/the-mindful-therapist
THE MINDFUL BRAIN

Reflection and Attunement in the Cultivation of Well-Being
DANIEL J. SIEGEL
[A] rich and illuminating exploration of what it means to live in the here-and-now,
to be fully present in the moment, to be mindfully aware. . . . [I]n-depth as well as life
changing. . . . [T]he ideas in this book will both enrich ones own mindfulness
practice and enhance ones therapeutic skills. American Journal of Psychiatry
This is the first book ever to integrate neuroscience research with the ancient art of
mindfulness. For clinicians and laypeople alike, Siegels illuminating discussions of the
power of the focused mind provide a wealth of ideas that can transform our lives and
deepen our connections with others, and with ourselves.
Contents: Part I: Mind, Brain, and Awareness 1. A Mindful Awareness 2. Brain Basics Part II: Immersion in Direct Experience 3. A Week of Silence 4. Suffering and
the Streams of Awareness Part III: Facets of the Mindful Brain 5. Subjectivity and
Science 6. Harnessing the Hub: Attention and the Wheel of Awareness 7. Jettisoning Judgments: Dissolving Top-Down
Constraints 8. Internal Attunement: Mirror Neurons, Resonance, and Attention to Intention 9. Reflective Coherence:
Neural Integration and Middle Prefrontal Function 10. Flexibility of Feeling: Affective Style and an Approach Mindset 11.
Reflective Thinking: Imagery and the Cognitive Style of Mindful Learning Part IV: Reflections on the Mindful Brain
12. Educating the Mind: The Fourth R and the Wisdom of Reflection 13. Reflection in Clinical Practice: Being Present
and Cultivating the Hub 14. The Mindful Brain in Psychotherapy: Promoting Neural Integration Afterword Appendix I:
Reflection and Mindfulness Resources Appendix II: Glossary and Terms Appendix III: Neural Notes
20
HEALING MOMENTS IN PSYCHOTHERAPY

DANIEL J. SIEGEL and MARION F. SOLOMON, Editors
This book is a hopeful example of how we can emerge from holding discrete isolated
views of different psychotherapies to the more interesting position of valuing each
view for what it can offer, as one perspective, in the search to understand the most
complex and meaningful aspect of being humanthe human mind. The Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease
A wide range of distinguished scientists and clinicians discuss the nature of change in
the therapeutic process. Jaak Panksepp, Ian McGilchrist, Ruth Lanius, Francine Shapiro,
and other luminaries offer readers a powerful journey through mindful awareness,
neural integration, affective neuroscience, and therapeutic presence to reveal the
transformational nature of therapy.
Contributors include: Daniel J. Siegel Marion Solomon Daniel A. Hughes Pat
Ogden Ruth A. Lanius Robyn Bluhm Paul A. Frewen Iain McGilchrist Francine Shapiro Debra Wesselmann
Diana Fosha Jaak Panksepp Bonnie Mark-Goldstein
THE HEALING POWER OF EMOTION

Affective Neuroscience, Development & Clinical Practice
DIANA FOSHA, DANIEL J. SIEGEL, and MARION F. SOLOMON, Editors
The Healing Power of Emotion offers fresh, exciting, original, and groundbreaking
work from the leading neuroscientists, developmental psychologists, therapy
researchers, and clinicians today, illuminating how to regulate emotion in a healthy
way. A variety of emotions, both positive and negative, are examined in detail, drawing
on both research and clinical observations. The role of emotion in bodily regulation,
dyadic connection, marital communication, play, well-being, health, creativity, and
social engagement is explored.
Contents: 1. Brain Emotional Systems and Qualities of Mental Life by Jaak Panksepp 2.
Reciprocal Influences Between Body and Brain in the Perception and Expression of Affect: A Polyvagal Perspective by Stephen W. Porges 3. The Functions of Emotion in Infancy by Colwyn Trevarthen 4. Multilevel
Meaning Making and Dyadic Expansion of Consciousness Theory by Ed Tronick 5. Right Brain Affect Regulation by Allan N.
Schore 6. Emotion as Integration by Daniel J. Siegel 7. Emotion and Recognition at Work by Diana Fosha 8. Emotion, Mindfulness, and Movement by Pat Ogden 9. Emotion In Romantic Partners by Marion F. Solomon 10. Extravagant Emotion by Susan
Johnson 11. The Communication of Emotions and the Growth of Autonomy and Intimacy Within Family Therapy by Dan Hughes
ISBN: 978-0-393-70548-5 2009 368 pages $42.50
HEALING TRAUMA
Attachment, Mind, Body, and Brain
MARION F. SOLOMON and DANIEL J. SIEGEL, Editors
The ultimate textbook on trauma. Invaluable for clinicians who wish to familiarize themselves with trauma treatments. Journal of Analytical Psychology
Emerging from the integration of developmental, neurobiological, and social perspectives, Healing Trauma is a collection that will be accessible and valuable to a wide variety of practitioners in the medical and psychological healing professions.
Contributors include: Diana Fosha Mary Main Allan N. Schore Francine Shapiro
Daniel J. Siegel Marion F. Solomon Bessel van der Kolk
ISBN: 978-0-393-70396-2 2003 384 pages $47.50
NEUROBIOLOGY AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF HUMAN

MORALITY
Winner of the APA William James
Book Award, 2015
Evolution, Culture, and Wisdom
DARCIA NARVAEZ, Foreword by ALLAN N. SCHORE
[F]ascinating and compelling . . . . [A] must for any college or institutional library and a
highly recommended read for practitioners interested in neuroscience and the wider
implications of human behavior in society today. Contemporary Psychotherapy
Moral development has traditionally been considered a matter of reasoning. However,
in this integrative book, Darcia Narvaez demonstrates how morality goes all the way
down into our neurobiological and emotional development; in fact, a persons moral
architecture is largely established early on in life.
Integrating the latest scholarship in clinical sciences and positive psychology, Narvaez
provides an evolutionary framework for early childhood experience grounded in developmental systems theory, encompassing not only genes but a wide array of environmental and epigenetic factors. In
light of these findings, Narvaez proposes a developmentally informed ecological and ethical sensibility as a way to revise
the ways we think about parenting and sociality.
21
INTENSIVE PSYCHOTHERAPY FOR PERSISTENT

DISSOCIATIVE PROCESSES
Winner of ISSTD's Pierre Janet
The Fear of Feeling Real
Writing Award, 2015
RICHARD A. CHEFETZ
Few resources on this topic rival this well-written book. Without hesitation, I
recommend it to all clinicians who work with complex disorders. The Milton H.
Erickson Foundation Newsletter
[A] goldmine for anyone struggling to understand this most perplexing and important
of fields. Psychodynamic Psychiatry
Contents: 1. A Mind Hiding From Itself 2. Life as Performance Art: The Search for Felt
Coherence 3. Recognizing Dissociative Experience and Self States 4. Opening a Treatment for Persistent Dissociative Processes 5. Affect, Neurobiology, and Dissociative
Processes 6. Fear and Depersonalization 7. Incest, Sexual Addiction, and Dissociative Processes 8. Waking the Dead
Therapist 9. The Unconscious Fear of Feeling Real 10. Object Coercive Doubting 11. In the Throes of an Enactment 12.
Emerging from an Enactment
HEALING THE TRAUMATIZED SELF

Consciousness, Neuroscience, Treatment
PAUL FREWEN and RUTH LANIUS
Forewords by DAVID SPIEGEL and BESSEL VAN DER KOLK
This is a landmark book in the history of psychotraumatology. Frewen and Lanius have created a new intellectual blueprint for understanding dissociation. Their
book is unique in providing a detailed integration of the latest neuroscientific findings
with the experience of what it is like to be traumatized. Chris R. Brewin, Professor of
Clinical Psychology, University College London
People with severe and chronic trauma-related psychological disorders experience a
wide variety of forms of distress and dissociation. Paul Frewen and Ruth Lanius present
a new model for parsing the symptoms of trauma-related disorders into non-dissociative
distress and properly dissociative trauma-related altered states of consciousness, or
TRASC. Their four-dimensional model tracks disturbances in 1) time-memory, 2) thought, 3) body, and 4) emotion.
THE NEUROPSYCHOLOGY OF THE UNCONSCIOUS

Integrating Brand and Mind in Psychotherapy
EFRAT GINOT, Foreword by ALLAN N. SCHORE
Efrat Ginots remarkable new book shatters our long-held view of the unconscious as a repository for unwanted experience. Karen J. Maroda, PhD, ABPP,
Assistant Clinical Professor of Psychiatry, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, WI
For therapists and researchers alike, here is a twenty-first-century take on Freuds
seminal theory of the unconscious. Ginot presents evidence-based findings on how
memory and the unconscious work-and how principles of neuroscience can be used
to produce change in psychotherapy.
Contents: 1. My Unconscious Made Me Do It: An Excuse or an Accurate State of Affairs? 2. The Lasting Power of Anxiety 3. The Unknowable in Action 4. Aspects of Affective Dysregulation 5. Therapeutic Enactments 6. Repetition and Resistance 7. Injury, Defense, and Narcissistic Personality Structure 8. Implicit and Explicit Therapeutic Processes 9. Intergenerational Enactment of Trauma 10. Intersubjectivity
and Unconscious Self-Systems
THE HAUNTED SELF

Structural Dissociation and the
Treatment of Chronic Traumatization
Winner of the
ISSTD Media Award
ONNO VAN DER HART, ELLERT R. S. NIJENHUIS, and KATHY STEELE

[A] brilliant and highly accessible account of this most fundamental concept of
modern-day psychiatry and psychotherapy. David Servan-Schreiber, MD, PhD, Clinical Professor of Psychiatry, University of Pittsburgh, and author of The Instinct to Heal
Topics include: Structural Dissociation of the Personality Trauma and Dissociation
Chronic Traumatization and a Janetian Psychology of Action Synthesis and its Limitations in Trauma Survivors Traumatization as a Syndrome of Nonrealization The Hierarchy of Action Tendencies Phobic Maintenance of Structural Dissociation Assessment of the Traumatized Patient Promoting Adaptive Action: Treatment Principles
22
BRAIN-BASED PARENTING
The Neuroscience of Caregiving for Healthy Attachment
DANIEL A. HUGHES and JONATHAN BAYLIN, Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
The authors . . . offer salient real-world vignettes that will resonate with parents and clinicians alike. . . . [H]ighly recommended reading for anyone hoping to get
a taste of the exciting new field of interpersonal biology and enrich their knowledge of
parenting. Journal of Psychiatric Practice
In this groundbreaking book, renowned attachment specialist Daniel Hughes and
clinical psychologist Jonathan Baylin reveal what happens neurochemically when caregiving skills are strongleading to healthy attachmentand when theyre impaired,
potentially leading to a host of behavioral and emotional problems in kids. In doing
so, they provide parents, and the family therapists and clinicians who may work with
them, with a roadmap for a stronger and more meaningful parent-child connection.
Readers will learn how to harness their brain chemistry to master emotional regulation, strengthen reflective capacities,
expand attunement, and remain mindful.
See pages 14, 23, 54, 57, and 63 for more books from Daniel A. Hughes.
THE PRESENT MOMENT IN PSYCHOTHERAPY AND

EVERYDAY LIFE
Winner of the National Association for the
DANIEL N. STERN
Advancement of Psychoanalysis (NAAPP) Gradiva Award,

Best Book in Critical Analysis and Psychoanalysis
Immensely important, indisputably major . . . authoritatively straddling the spectrum encompassing psychoanalysis and psychotherapy, adult and child, neuroscience
and phenomenological philosophy, and much else . . . in a most lucid, concise, and comprehensive way. International Journal of Psychotherapy
Topics covered include: The Nature of the Present Moment The Temporal Architecture of the Present Moment The Present Moment as a Lived Story The Intersubjective Matrix Implicit Knowing Intersubjective Consciousness Interweaving
the Implicit and Explicit in the Clinical Situation The Past and the Present Moment
Change The Microanalytic Interview
NEUROBIOLOGY FOR CLINICAL SOCIAL WORK

Theory and Practice
JEFFREY S. APPLEGATE and JANET R. SHAPIRO
This truly seminal volume . . . strongly validates the applicability of infant research
findings to both adult relationships in general and clinical social work practice in particular. . . . [T]his is the first major publication that specifically addresses the subject
from a social work perspective. . . . [A] major contribution . . . one which can be enlightening and stimulating to both clinical social workers and our colleagues in related
fields. Psychoanalytic Social Work
Topics covered include: The Neurobiology of Memory Affect: Toward a Neuropsychological Integration Early Affect Regulation Attachment Vulnerable Dyads: The
Quality of Early Caregiving Relationships Infant Mental Health: From Understanding
to Prevention Affect Dysregulation and Its Treatment Case Studies
NEUROBIOLOGY ESSENTIALS FOR CLINICIANS

What Every Therapist Needs to Know
ARLENE MONTGOMERY, Foreword by ALLAN N. SCHORE
In the plethora of books being published on neuroscience, Montgomerys book stands
out as a practical handbook that easily translates into clinical practice. Journal
of Analytical Psychology (UK)
What is so unique about this book is that the bulk of the chapters are clinical dialogue,
accompanied by neurobiological commentary. Thus, readers can see for themselves,
through case examples, just how a neurobiological outlook can inform therapeutic
understandings of what clients are doing and saying.
Contents: Part I: Neurobiological Underpinnings of Selected Clinical Experiences 1. Affect Regulation and the Autonomic Nervous System 2. Defense Mechanisms and the Limbic System 3. Threat Management and the Amygdala 4.
Therapeutic Engagement Issues and the Vagal System 5. Personality Disorders As Affect Management Strategies Part
II: Special Populations 6. Working With Adolescents 7. Working With Groups 8. Integrating Neurobiological Concepts
Into the Supervisory Process
23
LOVING WITH THE BRAIN IN MIND

Neurobiology and Couple Therapy
MONA DEKOVEN FISHBANE, Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
Mona DeKoven Fishbane has written an innovative and very readable book for
both new and experienced clinicians. . . . [She] provides couple therapists, as well as
the couples that they treat, with a scientific, evidence-based foundation for hope and
optimism for the future.PsycCRITIQUES
This engaging book explains how partners become reactive and emotionally dysregulated with each other, and what is going on in their brains when this happens. Readers
will come to understand the neurobiology of empathy, and how empathy and selfregulation can be learned.
THE IMPACT OF ATTACHMENT

SUSAN HART
This book of rigorous science and heartfelt clinical brilliance provides a clear
neuro-developmental map of how to understand the power and intricacies of our first
experiences in life, and how they set a template upon which all later experiences are
built. [Hart] also helps us to address some of the most important topics in society-how
we teach hate and how we can teach love and respect. Peter A Levine, PhD, author
ofTrauma Through a Childs Eyes
Topics covered include: Brain Maturation and Infant-Caregiver Attachment Psychodynamic Levels of Mental Organization Attachment and Relational Disorders
Dysregulation and Misattunement in the Dyadic Interaction Intervention Limbic
Exchange: Treatment Effect Across Therapeutic Approaches Intervention Within a
Dynamic System: Family and Environmental Therapy
SELF-AGENCY IN PSYCHOTHERAPY
Attachment, Autonomy, Intimacy
JEAN KNOX
[A] remarkable, groundbreaking, sweeping synthesis of the best research
available on the formation of the mind applied to the art of psychotherapy. In
masterly fashion, Knox not only takes the reader through the developmental evolution
of self-agency, but also manages to challenge and empower each of us to claim the
various levels of agency by which we live and work. Joe Cambray, PhD, President,
International Association for Analytic Psychology
Topics covered include: The Relational, Developmental and Neurobiological Foundations of Self-Agency From Action and Imitation to Empathy, Affect Regulation, and
Mentalization The Coercive Use of Language The Fear of Love: Loss of Agency in
Relationship Abuse of an Object and Relating Through Incorporation The Analytic Relationship: Integrating Psychodynamic, Attachment Theory, and Developmental Perspectives Attribution and Intentionality
ISBN: 978-0-393-70559-1 2010 Hardcover 256 pages $35.00
A DISSOCIATION MODEL OF BORDERLINE

PERSONALITY DISORDER
RUSSELL MEARES
[A] remarkable and original contribution to the theoretical and clinical literature on borderline personality disorder (BPD). . . . [T]his is the most comprehensive, evidence-based, and theoretically integrated model of BPD that I have
read. Journal of Analytical Psychology
This book addresses one of the fundamental, understudied issues of borderline personality disorder (BPD): dissociation and a lack of sense of self. Exploring dissociation
from developmental, neurobiological, and behavioral perspectives, Russell Meares
presents an original theory of BPD, offering new insights into this debilitating disorder
and hope for recovery.
Topics covered include: From Hysteria to Borderline: A Brief History Self Disturbance as the Core of Borderline Personality Disorder A Neural Network for the Matrix of Self Dissociation in Borderline
Personality Fusion and Disconnection: The Paradoxical Structure of Dissociative Experience The Expectational Field,
Reversals, and Disintegrated Relatedness The Polysymptomatic Nature of Borderline Personality Emotional Dysregulation Somatization and Stimulus Entrapment Dysautonomic Aspects of BPD Paranoid Ideas and Delusion Formation
Is BPD a Particularly Right Hemispheric Disorder? Towards Cohesion: An Analogical Relatedness
Also available: Borderline Personality Disorder and the Conversational Model: A Clinicians Manual (see page 26).
24
TEN PRINCIPLES FOR DOING EFFECTIVE COUPLES THERAPY

JULIE SCHWARTZ GOTTMAN AND JOHN M. GOTTMAN,
Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
In 10 principles, this book lays out in an eminently readable and accessible way the basic
steps of effective couple therapy. It is a great contribution to the field and will guide numerous therapists onto the path of successful intervention. Sue Johnson, EdD, author
of Hold Me Tight and Love Sense; Founding Director of The International Center for Excellence in Emotionally Focused Therapy (ICEEFT)
Two of the worlds leading couples therapists give readers an inside tour of what goes
on inside the consulting rooms of their practice, gathering what they have learned over
the years of their practice and touches on issues at the core of couples work. No one who
works with couples will want to be without the insight, guidance, and strategies offered
in this book.
Contents: 1. Use Research-Based Methods to Treat Couples 2. Assess First, Then Decide on Treatment 3. Understand
Each Partners Inner World 4. Map Your Treatment Route 5. Soothe Yourself, Then Intervene 6. Process Past Regrettable
Incidents 7. Replace the Four Horsemen with Gentle Conflict Management Skills 8. Strengthen Friendship and Intimacy
9. Suspend Moral Judgment When Treating Affairs 10. The Tenth Principle: Dive Deep to Create Shared Meaning 11. Hold
the Hope
SENSORIMOTOR PSYCHOTHERAPY
Interventions for Trauma and Attachment
PAT OGDEN and JANNA FISHER
There is a beautiful and logical flow to both the theory and the pracical worksheets for
therapists both old and new to the world of trauma therapy. The Neuropsychotherapist
The bodys intelligence is largely an untapped resource in psychotherapy, and the story
told by the somatic narrative is arguably more significant than the story told by words.
Written for therapists and clients to explore together in therapy, this book is a companion to Trauma and the Body. Thoughtful attention to what is being spoken beneath the
words through the body can heighten the intimacy of the therapist/client journey and
help change take place more easily in the hidden recesses of the self. Each chapter of this
book is accompanied by a guide to help therapists apply the chapters teachings in clinical
practice and by worksheets to help clients integrate the material on a personal level.
TRAUMA AND THE BODY

A Sensorimotor Approach to Psychotherapy
PAT OGDEN, KEKUNI MINTON, and CLARE PAIN
Incorporating theory and technique from traditional talk therapy methods with bodyoriented psychotherapy, somatic psychology pioneer Pat Ogden and her colleagues
expertly explain how using body sensation and movement can help chronically traumatized clients find resolution and meaning in their lives and develop a new, somatically
integrated sense of self.
CLINICAL APPLICATIONS: WHAT TO DO WITH WHAT YOU KNOW
Topics covered include: Cognitive, Emotional, and Sensorimotor Dimensions of Information Processing Modulating Arousal Dyadic Regulation and the Body The Orienting Response Defensive Subsystems Adaptation and Action Systems Treatment
Principles Skills for Working with the Body in Present Time Developing Somatic Resources for Stabilization Processing Traumatic Memory
ART THERAPY & THE NEUROSCIENCE OF RELATIONSHIPS,

CREATIVITY, & RESILIENCY
Skills and Practices
NOAH HASS-COHEN and JOANNA CLYDE FINDLAY
Forewords by LOUIS J. COZOLINO and FRANCES KAPLAN
This is an exciting, nearly quantum leap forward in our understanding of the power of
expressive therapies. John Briere, PhD, Associate Professor of Psychiatry and Psychology, Keck School of Medicine, University of Southern California
[A]s helpful for learning about the brain and its various functions as it is for learning
about art therapy. . . . [F]or those studying or practicing art therapy, or for a wellinformed reader with a particular interest, it is difficult to imagine a more comprehensive text. PsychCentral
25
COPING WITH TRAUMA-RELATED DISSOCIATION

Skills Training for Patients and Therapists
SUZETTE BOON, KATHY STEELE, and ONNO VAN DER HART
[C]ontains the lucid explanations, practical skills, and collective wisdom of
three therapists with decades of experience treating dissociative patients. This
book serves as a manual for therapists, a guide for trainers, and a workbook for dissociative disorder patients, delivering an up-to-date blend of the best clinical practices
with recent advances in mindfulness therapy and cognitive behavioral approaches to
pathological dissociation. Frank W. Putnam, MD, Professor of Pediatrics and Psychiatry, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine
Topics include: Overcoming the Phobia of Inner Experience Learning to Reflect Developing an Inner Sense of Safety
Improving Daily Life Coping with Trauma-Related Triggers and Memories The Window of Tolerance: Learning to
Regulate Yourself Understanding Core Beliefs and Cognitive Errors Coping with Anger, Fear, Shame and Guilt Needs
of Inner Child Parts Self-Harm Improving Decision-Making through Inner Cooperation The Phobias of Attachment
and Attachment Loss Resolving Relational Conflicts Isolation and Loneliness Learning to be Assertive Setting
Healthy Boundaries
THE INTERPERSONAL NEUROBIOLOGY OF PLAY

Brain-Building Interventions for Emotional Well-Being
THERESA A. KESTLY, Foreword by BONNIE BADENOCH
[A] must for anyone who works with children or young people. Therapists with an
adult clientele will benefit from reading it too: our clients were all children once. . . . The
vignettes are entertaining and we are shown how to put the theory into practice.
Contemporary Psychotherapy
Drawing on concepts of interpersonal neurobiology, Theresa Kestly explains the benefits
of play interventions to achieve attunement, neural integration, healthy attachment, and
the development of resilience
NEUROBIOLOGICALLY INFORMED TRAUMA THERAPY

WITH CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS
Understanding Mechanisms of Change
LINDA CHAPMAN
Topics include: Acute and Chronic Exposure to Trauma Posttraumatic Stress Symptoms in Children Development of the Right Brain Discovering the Self Interventions
for Integration A Neuro-Developmental Model of Treatment Treating Toddlers and
Preschoolers, School Age Children, and Adolescents Case Examples
CHANGING MINDS IN THERAPY

Emotion, Attachment, Trauma, & Neurobiology
MARGARET WILKINSON
Topics include: The Neurobiology of Attachment, Affect Regulation, and Patterning in
the Therapeutic Process Attunement Transference and Countertransference Tools
for Change: Relational, Experience-Dependent Plasticity in Service of the Developing Self
Affective Encounter and Interpretation Experience and Meaning-Making Dissociation
and Regression Mirroring, Resonance, and Empathy in the Supervisory Process
BORDERLINE PERSONALITY DISORDER AND THE

CONVERSATIONAL MODEL
A Clinicians Manual
RUSSELL MEARES
In this accompanying manual to A Dissociation Model of Borderline Personality Disorder
(page 24), Meares and contributors offer therapists and patients a user-friendly guide to
general principles of treatment via case examples, therapeutic conversations, and common comorbid problems.
See page 24 for companion book: A Dissociation Model of Borderline Personality.
26
LOVE AND WAR IN INTIMATE RELATIONSHIPS

Connection, Disconnection, and Mutual Regulation in Couple Therapy
MARION SOLOMON and STAN TATKIN, Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
Simply put, this is the most transformative book on psychotherapy I have read
in a long time. The Announcer: The Cleveland Psychological Association Newsletter
This book develops new ways of doing couple therapy that work in light of current neurobiological and attachment research. Solomon and Tatkin integrate various forms and
disciplines of psychotherapyincluding developmental neuroscience, arousal regulation, and therapeutic enactmentto show how they apply to the treatment of couples.
Throughout, case examples illustrate the various ways in which childhood attachment
patterns can play out in romantic relationships, and emphasize how cultivating mutual
regulation of these patterns is the key to healing.
BEING A BRAIN-WISE THERAPIST

A Practical Guide to Interpersonal Neurobiology
BONNIE BADENOCH, Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
Badenochs sophisticated, but practical, text is an excellent example of how
neurobiology can fundamentally alter ones clinical practice. . . . I would recommend the book to anyone who is interested in conducting clinical practice while integrating neurobiological theory into ones framework. . . . [I]t offers important clinical
process material that I have not seen elsewhere. Clinical Social Work Journal
Topics Include: Theoretical Foundations The Brains Building Blocks The Relationship Between Brain and Mind Attaching The Mutuality of the Therapeutic Relationship Practical Matters Through the Lens of Diagnosis: Depression, Anxiety,
Dissociation, and Addiction Grounding Therapy in the Right Brain Listening to Family Histories The Three Faces of Mindfulness Patterning the Internal Work Doing Art Keeping Our Balance with
Couples Meeting Teens with Their Brains in Mind Playing with Children, Supporting Their Parents
THE BRAIN-SAVVY THERAPISTS WORKBOOK

A Companion to Being a Brain-Wise Therapist
BONNIE BADENOCH
This book is intended to address two issues: (1) the role of attachment in adult behavior, and (2) a method for deriving information about adult attachment from spoken
discourse about family relationships. This is the perfect companion to Badenochs first
book, or a great starting point for incorporating an interpersonal neurobiology approach
to your clinical work.
CLINICAL INTUITION IN PSYCHOTHERAPY

The Neurobiology of Embodied Response
TERRY MARKS-TARLOW, Foreword by ALLAN N. SCHORE
"[R]eading this book provided me with the biological background and clinical examples
needed for me to feel more secure to go beyond (but not abandon) the theories and to
trust my natural capabilities. CTAMFT.org
Marks-Tarlow defines clinical intuition as a right-brain, fully embodied mode of perceiving, relating, and responding to the ongoing flows and changing dynamics of psychotherapy. She examines how the body has a mind of its own in the form of implicit
processes and gut feelings, locates the roots of clinical intuition within human
empathy, and emphasizes the importance of play to clinical intuition.
AWAKENING CLINICAL INTUITION

An Experiential Workbook for Clinicians
TERRY MARKS-TARLOW
I am delighted to see a book which endeavours to demystify such an intangible,
evasive yet crucial concept in psychotherapy by linking it to the empirically
grounded science of neurobiology and some increasingly popular eastern philosophical concepts. . . . [The] exercises provide a roadmap for our own venture
into awakening and cultivating clinical intuition. Journal of Mental Health
Contents: 1. Cultivating Inner Space 2. Making Time 3. Breathwork 4. Finding Your Center 5. Clinical Sense-Abilities 6.
Embodiment 7. Gaining Perspective 8. Intuition At Play 9. Imaginal Landscapes 10. Inspired To Change
ISBN: 978-0-393-70868-4 2014 256 pages Paperback w/MP3 CD $32.95
27
NEUROSCIENCE & NEUROPSYCHOLOGY
THE LITTLE BOOK OF NEUROSCIENCE HAIKU

ERIC H. CHUDLER
This book takes an unconventional and playful approach to a subject that is
usually deemed to be difficult and complex. . . . [A] pleasure to read.
International Journal of Psychotherapy
Skilled neuroscience teacher Eric Chudler turns his talents towards poetry in this whimsical yet educational book of haiku poems about the brain. The poems are grouped into
three themes: Places (such as the frontal lobe and the cerebellum); Things (like brain
scanners and animals); and People (including Eric Kandel and other neuroscientists).
Each poem is accompanied by an explanatory footnote, making the book useful and
informative for those who wish to learn more about neuroscientific concepts in a fun,
unique, and memorable way.
INFANT RESEARCH & NEUROSCIENCE AT WORK

IN PSYCHOTHERAPY
Expanding the Clinical Repertoire
JUDITH RUSTIN
Rustin develops a compelling argument that neuroscience can teach us much
about the development of self and, more specific to psychotherapeutic relationships, the development of self with other. This concept is applicable to all who work
in relationship with their clients. . . . We recommend this book to those seeking a better
understanding of the brain basis for matters significant to therapeutic endeavors (e.g.,
affect regulation, trauma). PsycCritiques
ISBN: 978-0-393-70719-9 2012 304 Pages $29.95
THE DAO OF NEUROSCIENCE

Combining Eastern and Western Principles for Optimal
Therapeutic Change
C. ALEXANDER SIMPKINS and ANNELLEN M. SIMPKINS
By weaving together Eastern traditions (including Yoga, Buddhism, Zen, and Daoism)
and Western science, new understandings previously not considered emerge. This book
is an insightful introduction to these traditions which sheds new light on the relationship between the mind and the brain. As we learn the Dao of neuroscience, we come to
understand the brains most optimal ways of functioning and how to facilitate its natural
processes toward health, happiness, and fulfillment.
Contents: Part I: Mind and Brain: the Flowing Interplay 1. The Brain-Mind Relationship: Dao 2. Modeling the Brain-Mind System 3. From Neurons and Neurotransmitters to
Pathways 4. From Structures to Functions 5. Brain-Mind Change: Neuroplasticity and Neurogenesis Part II: Redirecting the Flow for Change 6. The Dao Of Treatment 7. Developing Attention and Perception 8. Facilitating Memory and
Learning 9. Fostering the Unconscious 10. Working with the Emotional Brain and Mind 11. Restoring Balance in Biological
Rhythms 12. Connecting Through Mirror Neurons: Other Minds, Social Cognition, and Empathy 13. Implementing Optimal
Brain-Mind Change
See pages 58 and 70 for more books by C. Alexander Simpkins, PhD, and Annellen M. Simpkins, PhD.
NEUROANATOMY FOR STUDENTS OF BEHAVIORAL

DISORDERS
RONALD L. GREEN and ROBYN L. OSTRANDER
[A]n excellent summary of the links between brain and behavior. All students interested in behavioral medicine should master this material as they learn about the disorders
of behavior and how to treat them. Michael Gazzaniga, PhD, Director, Sage Center
For the Study Of the Mind, University Of California, Santa Barbara
This book, a 4-color visual tour of brain anatomy for psychiatric residents and practitioners, focuses on a range of psychiatric conditions and explores the corresponding parts
of the brain that are affected. Green and Ostrander take readers on a systematic tour
of all brain regions with important behavioral affiliations or with known or theoretical
involvement in psychiatric disorders, including over 190 4-color images to help readers conceptualize the relationship
between brain regions and specific disorders.
Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Information Flow: Neural Circuits Related To Behavioral Disorders 3. Behavioral State-Control Neurotransmitters: Dopamine, Serotonin, Norepinephrine, Acetylcholine, and Histamine 4. the Thalamus 5. Anxiety-Disorder Prototypes: Ptsd and Generalized Anxiety Disorder 6. Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder 7. Schizophrenia 8.
Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder 9. Addiction Disorders 10. Mood Disorders Appendix: A Quick Guide Through
Neuroanatomy Relevant To Behavioral Pathology Classic Reference Resources
ISBN: 978-0-393-70398-6 2009 300 pages Paperback Over 190 color illustrations $65.00
28
Winner of the
ISSTD Media Award
F. SCOTT KRALY
Kraly succeeds in demystifying the field of neuroscience . . . . making it equally accessible to both professionals and general-interest audiences eager to learn fundamental
principles of brain organization. USABP Journal
Contents include: How Do Disorders Develop? What Treatments Are Likely To Be Effective? Brain Theories Of Behavioral Disorders Neuronal Processes Relevant To Psychology and Behavior Discovering the Relation Between Brain and Behavior Depression and Mania Anxiety Disorders Substance Use Disorders Overeating Bulimia
and Anorexia Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder Schizophrenia
Originally published in hardcover as Brain Science and Psychological Disorders.
See page 30 for F. Scott Kralys Psychopharmacology Problem Solving.
THE ANXIOUS BRAIN

The Neurobiological Basis of Anxiety Disorders and How to
Effectively Treat Them
MARGARET WEHRENBERG and STEVEN M. PRINZ
Any practitioner who works with anxious clients will want to have this comprehensive book. The Psychologist
[H]ighly sophisticated and comprehensive . . . . [T]ransforms complicated neurobiological and psychopharmacologic material into relevant and straightforward content aimed
for and easily understood by mental health practitioners . . . . [A] much needed resource.
The Family Journal
Our increasing understanding of the brain offers clinicians and clients a new and expanding set of resources that include but go well beyond pharmacological treatments.
Rich in neurophysiological diagrams and practical exercises that target the activity of specific neurological mechanisms,
this book shows us how to take control of our brains to alleviate various anxiety disorders.
Contents: 1. The Physical Brain and the Mind of Anxiety 2. Neurotransmitters: Messengers of the Brain 3. Panic Disorder:
Mindless Fear 4. Treating Panic Disorder 5. Medicating for Panic Disorder 6. Generalized Anxiety Disorder: Worry Without
Reason 7. Treating Generalized Anxiety Disorder 8. Medicating for Generalized Anxiety Disorder 9. Social Anxiety Disorder: Fear of Exposure 10. Treating Social Anxiety Disorder 11. Medicating for Social Anxiety Disorder Conclusion
NEUROSCIENCE & NEUROPSYCHOLOGY
THE UNWELL BRAIN

Understanding the Psychobiology of
Mental Health
ISBN: 978-0-393-70512-6 2007 274 pages $35.00

See pages 44 for more books by Margaret Wehrenberg.
THE BEHAVIORAL NEUROSCIENCE OF ADOLESCENCE

LINDA SPEAR
[R]efreshing and comprehensive . . . an excellent resource for any professional who works
with adolescents. ASAP Newsletter
Linda Spear provides a detailed and illuminating overview of the genetic, hormonal, and
neurological developments that take place during adolescence, and shows how these
changes, along with influential sociocultural factors, interact to produce distinctly adolescent behaviors and thought processes. The tension between taking risks, impulsivity, and
self-controla struggle evinced by many adolescents, especially those in therapeutic treatmentis also examined for its sources within the brain. The result is a fascinating overview
of the adolescent brain, with profound implications for the clinical treatment of adolescents.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70542-3 2009 411 pages $40.00
INDIVIDUALS, FAMILIES, and THE NEW ERA

OF GENETICS
SELF-AWARENESS DEFICITS IN PSYCHIATRIC

PATIENTS
Biopsychosocial
Perspectives
Neurobiology, Assessment, and Treatment
American Journal of Nursing Book

of the Year Award Winner
SUZANNE M. MILLER, SUSAN H. MCDANIEL,

JOHN S. ROLLAND, and SUZANNE L. FEETHAM, Editors
ISBN: 978-0-393-70374-0 2006 578 pages $49.95
BRAIN IMAGING HANDBOOK

J. DOUGLAS BREMNER
BERNARD D. BEITMAN and JYOTSNA NAIR, Editors

ISBN: 978-0-393-70435-8 2004 318 pages
Paperback $29.95
See pages 31 and 50 for more titles by Bernard D. Beitman.
THE PSYCHOBIOLOGY OF GENE EXPRESSION
Neuroscience and Neurogenesis in Hypnosis and

[A] very well-written concise little book that allows anybody Healing Arts
who wants to understand modern neuropsychiatric imaging to ERNEST L. ROSSI
do so easily. European Neurology
ISBN: 978-0-393-70414-3 2005 97 color/37 b/w images

498 pages Paperback $42.50
This book proposes practical approaches to optimize the

natural cycles of gene expression in normal consciousness,
sleep, dreaming, meditation, and the arts of daily living that are
experienced by everyone.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70343-6 2002 558 pages $47.50
29
PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY
INSTANT PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY, THIRD EDITION

Up-to-Date Information about the Most Commonly Prescribed
Psychiatric Medications
RONALD J. DIAMOND
Each chapter is detailed, essentially covering everything you would need to
know about specific medications in each class, their intended use, contraindications and metabolic actions. These medication-specific chapters are up-to-date
and as inclusive as any I have read in similar books . . . a valuable resource you
should have in your reference library. New England Psychologist
The third edition of our perennial bestseller, this book discusses a wide variety of newly
available medications, how they work, how they differ from the older medications, and
their advantages and disadvantages. It also helpfully includes up-to-date lists of medications by both generic and brand names, as well as by class and by cost. This thoroughly revised and updated edition is a
must-have for all nonmedical therapists and their clients.
Contents: 1. Rules of the Game 2. Basics of Psychopharmacology 3. Introduction to Antipsychotics 4. Antipsychotic Medications: Specifics of Use 5. Antidepressant Medications 6. Mood-Stabilizing Medications 7. Medications Useful for Anxiety
Disorders and Sleep Problems 8. Miscellaneous Medications 9. Medication for People with Borderline Personality Disorder
Appendices: Medication List by Generic Name, Medication List by Brand Name, Medication List by Class, Medication Costs
See page 39 for Ronald J. Diamonds Treatment Collaboration and page 57 for The Medication Question.
SUCCESSFUL PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY
Evidence-Based Treatment Solutions for Achieving Remission
A guide for physicians, mental health professionals, and their patients
STEPHEN V. SOBEL
This book teaches mental health professionals how to choose and use psychotropic
medications to address the biological etiology of psychiatric disease and mental health.
It helps readers understand the key aspects of psychotherapy to deal with psychosocial
factors use these medications within the context of the patients life.
Contents: 1. The Goal of Treatment Is Remission 2. The Keys to Successful Psychopharmacology 3. Antidepressants: Points and Pearls 4. Choosing the Right Antidepressant 5.
Treating Depression 6. Antianxiety Medications: Points and Pearls 7. Treating Anxiety
Disorders 8. Treating Eating Disorders 9. Treating Insomnia 10. Mood Stabilizers: Points and Pearls 11. Treating Bipolar
Disorder 12. Antipsychotics: Points and Pearls 13. Treating Psychosis
PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY PROBLEM SOLVING

Principles & Practices to Get It Right
F. SCOTT KRALY
[I]nformative, instructional, and unbiased . . . accessible to both the student and
the clinician. . . . Kralys message on the importance of comprehensive, prudent,
and respectful treatment seems like a timeless one to me. PsychCentral
By presenting some fundamental principles of pharmacology as they apply to the clinical
treatment of patients, and by offering practical, big-picture prescribing recommendations, Psychopharmacology Problem Solving helps to unravel an increasingly complex
decision-making process.
See page 29 for F. Scott Kralys The Unwell Brain.
PSYCHOTROPIC DRUGS: FAST FACTS
PSYCHOTROPIC DRUGS AND THE ELDERLY
Fourth Edition
SIDNEY H. KENNEDY, ROGER S. MCINTYRE, and
JERROLD S. MAXMEN
Fast Facts
ISBN: 978-0-393-70520-1 2008 280 pages POD

Paperback $42.50
PEDIATRIC PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY
Fast Facts
DANIEL F. CONNOR and BRUCE M. MELTZER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70461-7 2006 687 pages POD
$65.00
JOEL SADAVOY
ISBN: 978-0-393-70375-7 2004 762 pages
$65.00
PSYCHOTROPIC DRUGS AND WOMEN

Fast Facts
VICTORIA HENDRICK and MICHAEL GITLIN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70421-1 2004 240 pages Paperback
$27.50
SEXUAL PHARMACOLOGY
Fast Facts
ROBERT TAYLOR SEGRAVES and RICHARD BALON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70354-2 2003 420 pages Spiralbound $45.00
30
PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY HANDBOOK FOR THE

NON-MEDICALLY TRAINED
SOPHIA F. DZIEGIELEWSKI
CLINICAL GUIDE TO PSYCHOTROPIC

MEDICATIONS
STEVEN L. DUBOVSKY
ISBN: 978-0-393-70459-4 2006 272 pages

$27.50
ISBN: 978-0-393-70419-8 2005 592 pages

$55.00
See page 50 for full listing.
INTEGRATING PSYCHOTHERAPY AND

PHARMACOTHERAPY
PSYCHOTROPIC DRUG PRESCRIBERS

SURVIVAL GUIDE
Ethical Mental Health Treatment in the Age of
Big Pharma
STEVEN L. DUBOVSKY and AMELIA N. DUBOVSKY
$27.50
Dissolving the Mind-Brain Barrier

BERNARD D. BEITMAN, BARTON J. BLINDER, MICHAEL E.
THASE, MICHELLE RIBA, and DEBRA L. SAFER
$40.00
MARK D. KILGUS, JERROLD S. MAXMEN, and NICHOLAS G. WARD

[U]seful for both novice and expert clinicians . . . . Many of the chapters include vignettes
about the different disorders. This is useful because it helps readers better understand
what happens when a condition occurs. This is an excellent book that thoroughly covers the history and purpose of the DSM. I highly recommend it.
The Milton H. Erickson Foundation Newsletter
Keyed to the DSM-5 and ICD-10 classifications, the fourth edition of this authoritative
and bestselling text reflects major changes in nosology, as well as cutting-edge advances
in neuroscience, psychopharmacology, and genetics. This book has long been considered
the leading textbook on modern psychiatric assessment, diagnosis, and treatment for
resident students in psychiatry and related disciplines.
Contents: Section I: Diagnostic Psychopathology 1. Psychopathology 2. Assessment 3. Diagnosis and Prognosis 4.
Etiology 5. Treatment 6. Psychopharmacology 7. Systems-Based Practice 8. Legal, Ethical, and Multicultural Issues 9.
Sample Case History: Sherlock Holmes Section II: Mental Disorders 10. Neurocognitive Disorders 11. Substance-Related Disorders 12. Schizophrenia and Other Thought Disorders 13. Mood Disorders 14. Anxiety Disorders 15. ObsessiveCompulsive Disorders 16. Trauma and Stress Disorders 17. Dissociative Disorders 18. Somatoform Disorders 19. Factitious
Disorders 20. Eating Disorders and Elimination Disorders 21. Sleep Disorders 22. Sexual and Gender Identity Disorder 23.
Disruptive and Impulse Control 24. Personality Disorders 25. Neurodevelopmental Disorders
ESSENTIAL PSYCHOPATHOLOGY CASEBOOK

A companion to Maxmens classic text Essential
Psychopathology & Its Treatment
MARK D. KILGUS and WILLIAM S. REA, Editors
Essential Psychopathology Casebook is an excellent clinical guide. Every mental
health professional should have it on hand. The Milton H. Erickson Foundation
Newsletter
Each chapter is consistently organized to answer these central questions concerning
clinical presentation: functional impairment; DSM diagnosis (keyed to DSM-V); epidemiology; differential diagnosis; etiology and pathogenesis; natural course without treatment;
evidence-based bio-psycho-socio-spiritual treatment options; clinical course with management and treatment; systems-based practice issues; and legal, ethical, and cultural
challenges. Designed as a clinical companion to the text Essential Psychopathology and
Its Treatment, this books important lessons can also be learned by reading it as a stand-alone text.
PSYCHIATRY & PSYCHOPATHOLOGY
ESSENTIAL PSYCHOPATHOLOGY AND ITS TREATMENT,

4th Edition
Contents: 1. Introduction to Clinical Decision-Making 2. Alzheimers Disease 3. New Onset Psychotic Symptoms in the
Elderly 4. Delirium 5. Alcohol Use Disorder 6. Cocaine Dependence in an Adolescent 7. Opioid Dependence in Pregnancy 8. Ingestion of an Unknown Substance 9. Schizophrenia: From Prodromal Symptoms Through First Acute Psychotic Break 10. Schizophrenia: Negative Symptoms and Noncompliance 11. Schizophrenia 12. Delusional Disorder 13.
Depression14. Major Depression, Recurrent, with Atypical Features15. Depression Secondary to General Medical
Disorder 16. Bipolar Disorder 17. Social Phobia (Social Anxiety Disorder) 18. Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder 19. PostTraumatic Stress Disorder 20. Generalized Anxiety Disorder 21. Somatization Disorder 22. Pain and Psychogenic Seizures 23. Factitious Disorder 24. Depersonalization and Dissociation 25. Gender Nonconforming Behaviors and Identity26. Anorexia Nervosa27. Obstructive Sleep Apnea28. Narcolepsy29. Narcissistic Personality30. Borderline
Personality Disorder 31. Obsessive Compulsive Personality Disorder 32. Antisocial Personality Disorder 33. High Functioning Autism Spectrum Disorder 34. Panic Disorder with Sensory Processing Deficits 35. School Refusal and Management 36. Attention Problems 37. Complex Trauma and the Development of Conduct Disorder 38. Competency to Stand
Trial and Sanity at the Time of the Offense 39. Disability, Malingering, and Factitious Disorder
31
NEURO-PHILOSOPHY AND THE HEALTHY MIND
PSYCHIATRY & PSYCHOPATHOLOGY
Learning from the Unwell Brain

GEORG NORTHOFF
[A] game changer. . . . Northoff presents a fascinating model of who we are and just where
we and our emotions exist. It is a model that has important implications for clinicians. But
for lay readers, too, the book offers an exciting way to reframe our understanding of ourselves. PsychCentral
To explore these and other questions, Georg Northoff turns to examples of unhealthy
minds. He investigates consciousness through its absence in vegetative states and examines instances of distorted self-recognition in people with psychiatric disorders like schizophrenia, in order to understand how the experience of self is established in a stable brain.
The result is a groundbreaking, integrative approach to understanding the self, consciousness, and what it means to be
mentally healthy.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70938-4 2016 256 pages Paperback w/flaps $22.95
TREATMENT OF BIPOLAR ILLNESS
UNCOMMON THERAPY
A Casebook for Clinicians and Patients

ROBERT M. POST and GABRIELE S. LEVERICH
The Psychiatric Techniques

of Milton H. Erickson, M.D.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70537-9 2008 704 pages $65.00
JAY HALEY
This book provides a comprehensive look at Dr. Erickson's theories
in practice, through a series of
case studies covering the kinds of
problems that are likely to occur
at various stages of the human
life cycle.
GERIATRIC PSYCHIATRY BASICS

KENNETH SAKAUYE
ISBN: 978-0-393-70501-0 2008 256 pages POD
Paperback $45.00
MONEY AND OUTPATIENT PSYCHIATRY

Practice Guidelines from Accounting to Ethics
CECILIA M. MIKALAC
ISBN: 978-0-393-70440-2 2005 391 pages $45.00
ASSERTIVE COMMUNITY TREATMENT OF

PERSONS WITH SEVERE MENTAL ILLNESS
LEONARD I. STEIN and ALBERTO B. SANTOS
POD $30.00
SCHIZOPHRENIA REVEALED
From Neurons to Social Interactions
MICHAEL FOSTER GREEN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70418-1 2003
OUTPATIENT PSYCHIATRY
A Beginners Guide
THOMAS E. STEELE
$24.95
COMPREHENSIVE TEXTBOOK OF GERIATRIC

PSYCHIATRY, Third Edition
JOEL SADAVOY, LISSY F. JARVIK, GEORGE T. GROSSBERG,
and BARNETT S. MEYERS, Editors
ISBN: 978-0-393-70426-6 2004 1,304 pages
$140.00
COMPREHENSIVE TEXTBOOK OF GERIATRIC

PSYCHIATRY, Third Edition, Study Guide
$45.00
ISBN: 978-0-393-31031-3 1993 320 pages

Paperback $21.95
BORDERLINE PERSONALITY DISORDER

A Therapists Guide to Taking Control
ARTHUR FREEMAN and GINA M. FUSCO
$30.00
BORDERLINE PERSONALITY DISORDER

A Patients Guide to Taking Control
GINA M. FUSCO and ARTHUR FREEMAN
Rich in worksheets and exercises to facilitate your clients
personal processes of self-examination and problem solving.
$22.00
UNMASKING THE PSYCHOPATH

Antisocial Personality and Related Symptoms
WILLIAM H. REID, Editor
ISBN: 978-0-393-70025-1 1986 304 pages POD
$34.95
HEALING THE MIND

A History of Psychiatry from Antiquity to the Present
MICHAEL H. STONE
ISBN: 978-0-393-70222-4 1997 544 pages $49.00
ABNORMALITIES OF PERSONALITY
Within and Beyond the Realm of Treatment
MICHAEL H. STONE
ISBN: 978-0-393-70127-2 1993 544 pages $50.00
SPORT PSYCHIATRY
UNDERSTANDING BIOLOGICAL PSYCHIATRY
Theory and Practice

DANIEL BEGEL and ROBERT W. BURTON, Editors
ROBERT J. HEDAYA
ISBN: 978-0-393-70295-8 1999 256 pages $40.00
ISBN: 978-0-393-70191-3 1996 336 pages POD

Paperback $32.50
BIOBEHAVIORAL TREATMENT OF OBSESSIVECOMPULSIVE SPECTRUM DISORDERS
Competency in Diagnosis and Treatment
JOS A. YARYURA-TOBIAS and FUGEN NEZIROGLU

ISBN: 978-0-393-70245-3 1997 237 pages $29.00
THE CHALLENGE OF THE BORDERLINE PATIENT

JEROME KROLL
ISBN: 978-0-393-70047-3 1988 256 pages $32.00
PTSD/BORDERLINES IN THERAPY
Finding the Balance
JEROME KROLL
32
ISBN: 978-0-393-70157-9 1988 256 pages $35.00
NEUROFEEDBACK IN THE TREATMENT OF DEVELOPMENTAL TRAUMA

Calming the Fear-Driven Brain
SEBERN F. FISHER, Foreword by BESSEL A. VAN DER KOLK, MD
[A] major breakthrough in the treatment of developmental trauma. . . . [A] must-read for
clinicians . . . [and] for individuals whose lives have been hijacked by the fear-driven brain.
Dr. Diane Roberts Stoler, Psychology Today
In this groundbreaking book, Sebern F. Fisher explores the complexities of attachment trauma
and self-regulation, showing how neurofeedback training-a therapeutic protocol that teaches
the brain to operate at different, more tranquil frequencies-can transform the circuitry of a
brain seized by the fear and rage of early attachment wounds, and restore calm.
Contents: Foreword by Bessel A. van der Kolk, MD Introduction: Problems & Solutions to Attachment Trauma Part I: Groundwork 1. Self and No Self in Developmental Trauma 2. The Brain in Developmental Trauma 3.Neurofeedback: Working with the
Traumatized Brain 4. Trauma Identity: Arousal, State, & Trait Part II: Practice 5. Introducing Neurofeedback to Your Patient 6.
Assessment 7. Neurofeedback Protocols for Developmental Trauma 8. Integrating Neurofeedback & Psychotherapy 9. Three
Women: Developing Selves 10. Afterword
TRAUMA AND THE AVOIDANT CLIENT

Attachment-Based Strategies for Healing
TRAUMA
[A] gem in the field, and the only book of its exact kind. . . . [H]elps a new generation of patients
and psychologists fully understand trauma and its effects on the brain and body.
Huffington Post
Winner of the
ISSTD Media Award
ROBERT T. MULLER
This text is invaluable to a range of healthcare practitioners seeking to understand more deeply
how people respond when faced with the challenging prospect of focusing on their vulnerabilities and I would consider this high-recommended reading for those training to become counselors and psychotherapists. HCPJ, Healthcare Counseling and Psychotherapy Journal
A large segment of the therapy population consists of difficult-to-treat patients suffering from
trauma-those who are in denial or retreat from their traumatic experiences. Here, drawing on
attachment-based research, Muller provides clinical techniques, specific intervention strategies,
and practical advice for successfully addressing the often-intractable issues of trauma and fully
engaging the client.
Contents: 1. What Do Avoidant Defenses Look Like? 2. Activating the Attachment System and Challenging the Client 3. Getting
Started: Intervention Strategies 4. Facilitation Of Mourning In Emotional Detachment 5. Building the Therapeutic Relationship 6.
Understanding Countertransference 7. Putting the Treatment Components Together: the Case Of Madeleine 8. Ending Therapy
POST TRAUMATIC SUCCESS

Positive Psychology & Solution-Focused Strategies to Help Clients
Survive & Thrive
FREDRIKE BANNINK
[A]n engaging read that encouraged me to consider new ways of working that have, partly
deliberately and partly inadvertently, already crept into my practice. . . . Banninks book will help
initiate, develop, and consolidate both established and fresh ways of working for both
new and experienced therapists alike. Contemporary Psychotherapy
This book offers resiliency-focused approaches to managing trauma in therapy. Through stories
and exercises, the book explores concepts of what it is that makes life worth living, empowering
readers to directly apply these insights to change the lives of their clients. Therapists will learn to
generate dedicated occasions for self-reflection in their clients, engendering positive affects (like
hope, self-efficacy, self-esteem, joy, happiness, gratitude, and love), which are proven by research
to foster the intrinsic motivation to change.
INTERGENERATIONAL CYCLES OF TRAUMA AND VIOLENCE

An Attachment and Family Systems Perspective
PAMELA C. ALEXANDER
For clinicians, [this book] is invaluable diagnostically. . . . [L]eaves few if any stones unturned in regards to what is currently known on this topic. . . . [A] highly detailed and useful
book for anyone interested in conducting research or who would like to expand their understanding of violence, how it affects relationship dynamics, and how it is reinforced domestically.
Somatic Psychotherapy Today
Topics include: the parent-child attachment relationship; family context of attachment relationships; neurobiology and genetics; peer victimization and partner violence; child sexual abuse;
special populations.
33
Bestselling author BABETTE ROTHSCHILD, MSW, LCSW is the editor of the Norton 8 Keys to Mental Health
Series (see pages 53 and 54), and member of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ISTSS). She
gives lectures and professional trainings around the world. To date, her books have been translated into 13 different languages.
8 KEYS TO SAFE TRAUMA RECOVERY
TRAUMA
Take-Charge Strategies to Empower Your Healing

BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
Rothschilds brief, personable, and accessible book directly targets safe, successful recovery in a way
that compels and convinces the reader. If trauma memories impact your life or that of someone
you know or treat in a healthcare setting, you need this book. Trauma Recovery
This book gives self-help readers, therapy clients, and therapists alike the skills to understand and
implement eight keys to successful trauma healing: mindful identification of what is helpful, recognizing survival, having the option to not remember, creating a supportive inner dialogue, forgiving
yourself for not being able to stop the trauma, understanding and sharing shame, finding your own
recovery pace, mobilizing your body, and helping others. This is not another book promoting a new
method or type of treatment; rather, it is a necessary adjunct to self-help and professional recovery programs.
THE BODY REMEMBERS
HELP FOR THE HELPER
The Psychophysiology
of Trauma and Trauma
Treatment
The Psychophysiology of
Compassion Fatigue and
Vicarious Trauma
BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
BABETTE ROTHSCHILD, with

MARJORIE RAND
This book breaks new ground

in the understanding of trauma-related work, particularly
with respect to the development of resources in relation to
what happened after the traumatic incident. Every therapist
who reads this book is likely to find their work benefits from
it. Scientific and Medical Network Journal
[Rothschild] not only provides a clear window into this very
important subject, but also presents a highly practical integration of the psychophysiology of trauma and the ways in which
clinicians may assist trauma survivors to resolve the effects of
overwhelming experience on mind and body. Onno van der
Hart, PhD, professor of clinical psychology, Utrecht University,
the Netherlands
ISBN: 978-0-393-70327-6 2000 224 pages Hardcover
$34.00
THE BODY REMEMBERS

CASEBOOK
Unifying Methods and
Models in the Treatment
of Trauma and PTSD
BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
Those who liked the Body
Remembers, Babette Rothschilds other book, are likely
to love this one . . . an excellent book and will prove
thought-provoking and useful for nearly all therapists
hoping to improve their understanding and skills for
working with trauma. The Fulcrum
Based on ideas put forward in the best-selling the Body Remembers, Babette Rothschild emphasizes the importance of
tailoring every trauma therapy to the particular needs of each
individual client. Each varied and complex case (presented in
a variety of writing styles: case reports, session-by-session
narratives, single session transcripts) is approached with a
combination of methods ranging from traditional psychodynamic approaches and applications of attachment theory
to innovative trauma methods including EMDR and Levines
SIBAM model.
$21.95
[U]seful to practicing psychotherapists, social workers,

nurses, psychiatrists, and especially those in training for these
fields. The variety of skill building
exercises offers help for many issues that arise during training and practice. Bulletin of the
Menninger Clinic
[A] great reminder of the fact that we do need to look
after ourselves, as well as giving us a variety of useful
strategies to help survive the ups and downs of therapeutic life. The Fulcrum
Good therapy cannot occur without empathy. Empathy, however, can jeopardize a therapists well-being and eventually
compromise the therapeutic process itself. Here Babette Rothschild draws on the powerful mind-body perspective put forward in her highly successful The Body Remembers in order to
help therapists help themselves through an understanding of
the role the body plays in mental health and overall well-being.
$35.00
TRAUMA ESSENTIALS
The Go-To Guide
BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
[A] reference book for clinician and client alike. Rothschild
has successfully taken the
enormously complex subject of
trauma therapy and recovery
and broken it down into smaller
and much more digestible pieces.
Rothschilds book has excelled
in achieving its goal of being a sound readable manual;
seasoned clinicians, clients just beginning trauma therapy
and everyone else in between will find this book helpful and
informative. PsychCentral
Contents include: What is Trauma? What is Posttraumatic
Stress Disorder (PTSD)? Associated Conditions How Does
Trauma Affect the Body and the Brain? Who Gets PTSD?
Treating PTSD Current Methods of Trauma Therapy Psychiatry and Medication Approaches to PTSD How Will You
Know if a Treatment Works? Common Issues Inherent in
PTSD Prevention First Aid On-Going Trauma Practitioner Vulnerability and Self-Care
ISBN: 978-0-393-70620-8 2011 154 pages $19.95
34
TRAUMA TREATMENT HANDBOOK

Protocols Across the Spectrum
ROBIN SHAPIRO, Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
What a great book. Plainly written, packed with information and resources, the author demonstrates an astonishing depth of knowledge, grasp of scores of trauma therapies, along with compassion and warm empathy for trauma survivors . . . . This book gives the therapist-novice or
experienced-a massive choice of approaches to apply to a specific traumatized client.
Hypnosis Depot
Robin Shapiro is also the author of Easy Ego State Interventions (see page 40) and the editor of EMDR Solutions I and II (see page 75).
TRAUMA
Contents: Part I. Trauma & Dissociation 1. Trauma 2. Dissociation Part II. Getting Ready
3. Assessment 4. Preparation Part III. Trauma Treatments 5. Mindfulness 6. Psychodynamic
Therapies 7. Exposure Therapies 8. Cognitive Behavior Therapy 9. EMDR 10. Somatic Therapies
11. Hypnotherapy 12. Energy Psychology 13. Brainspotting & Observed Experiential Integration
14. Reenactment Protocol 15. David Groves Trauma Therapy 16. Neurofeedback 17. Medications Part IV. Therapies for Complex Trauma 18. the Trauma of Disrupted Attachment 19. Ego State Therapies 20. Structural Dissociation: Phase-Oriented
Treatment Model 21. Treatments for Borderline Personality Disorder Part V. Special Cases in Trauma Therapy 22. Military
23. Grief and Traumatic Grief 24. Sexual Assault and Sexual Abuse 25. Relational Trauma Part VI. Self Care 26. Self-Care for
Trauma Therapists
QUICK STEPS TO RESOLVING TRAUMA

BILL OHANLON
I not only recommend this book, I believe it should be required reading in all therapy programs.
It offers foundational methods and an easy to understand treatment for trauma. The Milton H.
Erickson Foundation Newsletter
Noted psychotherapist, author, and speaker, Bill OHanlon offers four brief, alternate approaches
to resolving trauma, plus therapeutic protocols for recognizing and encouraging post-traumatic
growth. In his characteristically inviting writing style, OHanlon presents examples and dialogue,
whimsical illustrations, and his classic reader-oriented approach to make this book engaging to
therapists and consumers alike.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70651-2 2011 144 pages Paperback $15.00 / $11.25
See pages 39, 45, 58, 59, 60, and 68, for more books by Bill OHanlon.
THE TRAUMA SPECTRUM

Hidden Wounds and Human Resiliency
ROBERT SCAER, Foreword by PETER LEVINE
Winner, NAAP, Gradiva Award,

Best Book in Critical Analysis
and Psychoanalysis
I strongly recommend this book as essential reading material for professionals and students in all related areas of mental health and medicine. The authors skill in writing, clarity of
thought, rich clinical observations, systematic conceptualizations of real-life trauma cases, therapeutic expertise, encyclopedic knowledge, and professional integrity shine through all 308 pages
of this appealing book. PsycCRITIQUES
In this book, Robert Scaer, a neurologist with over 30 years of experience working with car accident
victims, extends the conceptual and practical horizons of trauma treatment, redefining trauma as a
continuum of variably negative life events occurring over a life span-including little traumas such as car accidents, risky medical interventions, childhood abuse and neglect, and social discrimination and poverty-that shape every aspect of our existence.
See page 54 for Robert Scaers 8 Keys to Brain-Body Balance.
HEALING THE INCEST

WOUND, Second Edition
Adult Survivors in Therapy
CHRISTINE A. COURTOIS
Courtois has succeeded in
integrating the explosion of
knowledge and expertise developed over the intervening
years into a comprehensive and
authoritative second edition.
APA Division 29 Newsletter
Praise for the First Edition:
Marked by a breadth of view, a wealth of ideas, and a comprehensive review of the literature in many far-reaching areas . . . A
valuable resource book which pulls together literature on diverse groups and problems, and gives a flavour of a wide range
of therapies. British Journal of Medical Psychology
$49.95
RECOLLECTIONS OF SEXUAL ABUSE

Treatment Principles and Guidelines
CHRISTINE A. COURTOIS
To the extent clinicians need information about treatment
principles and guidelines this book can be highly recommended. If therapists follow the suggested guidelines, there
will be better therapeutic outcomes and far fewer cases of
false memories. Contemporary Psychology
ISBN: 978-0-393-70397-9 2002 448 pages $23.95
DOES STRESS DAMAGE THE BRAIN?

Understanding Trauma-Related Disorders from a
Mind-Body Perspective
J. DOUGLAS BREMNER
A clearly written book on the topic of the neurobiology of
stress . . . offers creative solutions to the treatment of stressrelated disorders. The Lancet Neurology
POD $24.95
See page 29 for J. Douglas Bremner's Brain Imaging Handbook.
35
LOSS, TRAUMA, AND

RESILIENCE
Therapeutic Work with
Ambiguous Loss
TRAUMA
PAULINE BOSS, Foreword by

CARLOS SLUZKI
In a dominant culture that
denies death and marginalizes
those most closely affected by
it, the work of Pauline Boss is indeed welcome . . . . [D]efies many
traditional Western ways of thinking about and responding to loss by examining it head on and
giving voice to the experiences of those whom even mental
health professionals may be least prepared to assist . . . . [A]
worthy contribution. Journal of Social Work in End-of-Life &
Palliative Care
The authors many years of clinical experience in this area
will help to educate and guide clinicians who encounter the
growing number of clients who have experienced ambiguous
loss. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic
$32.00
POSTTRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDERS IN

CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS: HANDBOOK
RAUL R. SILVA, MD, Editor
ISBN: 978-0-393-70412-9 2003 384 pgs. Paperback
$24.95
TRANSFORMING THE PAIN

A Workbook on Vicarious Traumatization
KAREN W. SAAKVITNE, LAURIE ANNE PEARLMAN
and the Staff of the TRAUMATIC STRESS INSTITUTE/
CENTER FOR ADULT & ADOLESCENT PSYCHOTHERAPY
Crammed with exercises that trauma therapists can use to
identify, prevent, ameliorate and transform vicarious traumatization (VT). Journal of Trauma and Dissociation
This workbook provides tools for self-assessment, guidelines
and activities for addressing vicarious traumatization, and
exercises to use with groups of helpers.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70233-0 1996 160 pages
Paperback $19.95
TRAUMA AND THE THERAPIST

Countertransference and Vicarious Traumatization
in Psychotherapy with Incest Survivors
LAURIE ANNE PEARLMAN and KAREN W. SAAKVITNE
POD $42.50
RESOLVING SEXUAL ABUSE

Solution-Focused Therapy and Ericksonian
Hypnosis for Adult Survivors
YVONNE M. DOLAN
Dolans approach enables clients to find relief from symptoms
stemming from or related to the sexual abuse, to alter feelings
associated with memories of trauma so that flashbacks become
less intrusive, and to develop a positive, practical, and healthy
future orientation. Specific strategies are offered for treatment
of post-traumatic amnesia, self-mutilation, sexual dysfunctions, memory problems, and a multitude of other symptoms.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70112-8 1999 256 pages

Paperback $35.00
Unavailable outside the US.
See page 60 for another book by Yvonne M. Dolan.
THE CLINICAL DETECTIVE
MARION F. SOLOMON and DANIEL J. SIEGEL, Editors

ISBN: 978-0-393-70396-2 2003 368 pages
$47.50
GETTING THROUGH THE DAY

Strategies for Adults Hurt as Children
NANCY J. NAPIER
ISBN: 978-0-393-31242-3 1994 303 pages
Paperback POD $20.95
ADDICTIONS AND TRAUMA RECOVERY

Healing the Body, Mind, & Spirit
DUSTY MILLER and LAURIE GUIDRY
ISBN: 978-0-393-70368-9 2001 240 pages
Paperback $25.00
SEX, LOVE, AND VIOLENCE

Strategies for Transformation
CLO MADANES
$27.50
SOMATOFORM DISSOCIATION
Phenomena, Measurement, and Theoretical Issues
ELLERT R. S. NIJENHUIS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70460-0 2004 256 pages POD
Paperback $32.00
BEYOND INTEGRATION
One Multiples Journey
DORIS BRYANT and JUDY KESSLER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70206-4 1995 176 pages $23.00
THE TRAUMA RESPONSE

Treatment for Emotional Injury
DIANA SULLIVAN EVERSTINE and LOUIS EVERSTINE
ISBN: 978-0-393-70123-4 1992 240 pages $27.95
MEMORY QUEST
Trauma and the Search for Personal History
ELIZABETH A. WAITES
ISBN: 978-0-393-70234-7 1997 288 pages $35.00
TELLING WITHOUT TALKING

Art as a Window into the World of Multiple Personality
BARRY M. COHEN, CAROL THAYER COX
ISBN: 978-0-393-70196-8 1995 350 pages $45.00
HEALING THE DIVIDED SELF

Clinical and Ericksonian Hypnotherapy for
Dissociative Conditions
MAGGIE PHILLIPS and CLAIRE FREDERICK
ISBN: 978-0-393-70184-5 1995 371 pages $40.00
SHOCKS TO THE SYSTEM

Psychotherapy of Traumatic Disability Syndromes
LAURENCE MILLER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70256-9 1998 352 pages $40.00
PSYCHOTHERAPY OF THE BRAIN-INJURED PATIENT

Reclaiming the Shattered Self
LAURENCE MILLER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70158-6 1993 280 pages $29.95
INCESTUOUS FAMILIES
An Ecological Approach to Understanding and Treatment
JAMES W. MADDOCK and NOEL R. LARSON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70193-7 1995 456 pages $40.00
Unavailable outside the US and UK.
Techniques in the Evaluation of Sexual Abuse
FROM VIOLENCE, TOWARD LOVE
AARON NOAH HOORWITZ
One Therapists Journey

MARJORIE HOLIMAN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70124-1 1992 320 pages $34.95
36
HEALING TRAUMA
Attachment, Mind, Body, and Brain
ISBN: 978-0-393-70255-2 1997 336 pages $29.00
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL LIFE COACH, Second Edition

Lessons from the Institute of Life Coach Training
PATRICK WILLIAMS and DIANE S. MENENDEZ
Contents: Introduction: Life Coaching as an Operating System Part I: Coaching Fundamentals 1. Listening as a Coach 2. The Language of Coaching 3. Coaching as a Developmental Change Process Part II: Beyond the
Basics 4. Empowering the Client 5. Stretching the Client 6. Creating Momentum with the Client 7. Coaching the Whole ClientMind, Body, Emotions, Spirit Part III: Coaching from the Inside Out 8. The Power of Purpose 9. Design Your Life 10. What
Gets in Your Way? 11. Steering Your Life by True North 12. Walk the Talk 13. Play Full Out 14. How Wealthy Are You? 15. Mind-Set
Is Causative 16. Love Is All We Need Appendix: The Evolution of a Profession References
THE BUSINESS AND

PRACTICE OF COACHING
THERAPIST AS LIFE
COACH, Second Edition
Finding Your Niche, Making

Money, & Attracting Ideal Clients
LYNN GRODZKI and
WENDY ALLEN
An Introduction for
Counselors and Other
Helping Professionals,
Revised and Expanded
The first text to combine a coaching approach (step-by-step exercises, direct suggestions, insiders
tips, and motivational plans) with
solid business information and
ideas, to give new and experienced coaches exactly what they
need in order to prosper in the competitive business of coaching.
PATRICK WILLIAMS and

DEBORAH C. DAVIS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70462-4 2005 320 pages $37.50
THE NEW PRIVATE PRACTICE

Therapist-Coaches Share Stories, Strategies, and Advice
LYNN GRODZKI, Editor
ISBN: 978-0-393-70379-5 2002 272 pages POD
$40.00
COACHING PLAIN & SIMPLE

Solution-focused Brief
Coaching Essentials
PETER SZAB, DANIEL MEIER,
and KIRSTEN PIEROLF
Topics include: What is coaching? Coaching-simple, concise
and effective Overview: Major
elements of the coaching conversation Contracting-before
you start Coaching agreement
for the first session Preferred future Resources and forerunners of solutions Small steps and clues of upcoming
progress Session conclusion Follow-up sessions Brief
coaching of executives-three examples Beyond technique-continuous learning as a coach
$18.95
THE COACHING
STARTER KIT
Everything You Need to
Launch and Expand Your
Coaching Practice
COACHVILLE.COM
This is a key resource whether
you are just starting out as a
coach, expanding a psychotherapeutic practice to include
coaching, or are looking for ways to revitalize an existing
coaching practice. Culled from the extensive resources of
CoachVille.com, a leader in the coaching field, this book includes over 150 fundamental and practical forms.
C OAC H I N G
This new edition is updated with information on coaching competencies, ethics, somatic
coaching, wellness coaching and how positive psychology and neuroscience today are informing the coaching profession and the body of knowledge that makes it such a global and growing profession. It takes readers step-by-step through the coaching process, covering all the
crucial ideas and strategies for being an effective, successful life coach. One-stop-shopping
for beginner and advanced coaches alike.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70522-5 2007

240 pages $32.00
TOTAL LIFE COACHING

50+ Life Lessons, Skills,
and Techniques to Enhance
Your Practice...and Your Life
PATRICK WILLIAMS and LLOYD
J. THOMAS
[G]uides you step-by-step
through the complex process of
learning and coaching these 50
important lessons . . . . an interactive experience in which you will
find recipes for living your life
more authentically, as well as master time-honored lessons
that you can bring to your coaching clients. Adolescence
ISBN: 978-0-393-70434-1 2004 464 pages $44.95
BRIEF COACHING FOR

LASTING SOLUTIONS
INSOO KIM BERG and
PETER SZAB
I wholeheartedly recommend
this book, which in style is
surprisingly free of jargon and
filled with real-life examples and
practical wisdoms.
The International Journal of
Mentoring and Coaching
ISBN: 978-0-393-70472-3 2005 240 pages $27.50
THE ART OF SEX COACHING

Expanding Your Practice
PATTI BRITTON, Foreword by PATRICK WILLIAMS
Britton shows therapists and counselors how to move their
practices fully into sex coaching or simply integrate sex coaching techniques for encouraging sexual self-understanding,
growth, and pleasure into their existing therapeutic work.
$30.00

$40.00
37
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
BUILDING YOUR IDEAL PRIVATE PRACTICE, SECOND EDITION

A Guide for Therapists and Other Healing Professionals
LYNN GRODZKI
"For those who read the first edition of this book, this second edition includes six new chapters
as well as various updates to cover issues that have emerged over the last fifteen years. . . .
[A] well-written and useful book. PsychCentral
I would like to see this as compulsory reading for every graduating professional in our field
helping new clinicians avoid unnecessary confusion, pain, and even financial loss through the
recognition that they are as much business people as they are healing professionals.
The Neuropsychotherapist
This best-seller in its genre is now fully revised after its original publication in 2000. This comprehensive guide comprises a complete, easy to use business plan that shows therapists what to do
and who to be in order to succeed. With six new chapters covering topics from the encroachment of insurance and managed care
in the marketplace to the importance of online marketing, the second edition is targeted for therapists at all stages of private
practice development.
Contents: Part I: Preparation 1. The Blueprint 2. Loving the Business of Therapy 3. Top Ten Business Mantras for Success 4.
Vision and Values 5. Entrepreneurial Mindset 6. Getting a Strong Start Part II: Building Blocks 7. Protecting Your Practice from
Harm 8. The Brand Called You 9. Expanding Your Reach 10. Your Internet Presence 11. Retaining Todays Clients 12. Why Good
Therapists Go Broke Part III: Finishing Touches 13. Solo versus Group Practice 14. Personal Growth and Coaching 15. Building
a Business to Sell 16. Holding Onto Success Appendix Private Practice Success Pre- and Post-Test Resources
See page 39 for Lynn Grodzki's Twelve Months to Your Ideal Private Practice.
THE ART OF THE FIRST SESSION

Making Psychotherapy Count from the Start
ROBERT TAIBBI
Taibbis examples ring true, and are clearly pulled from his extensive experience. I found myself
looking forward to discovering the next chapter and thinking frequently, 'Ah, exactly,' or ',Oh, Im
definitely trying that next time.' PsychCentral
Clinicians must build trust, communicate what they have to offer, and ensure that the client feels
different when they walk out than they did walking in. Packed with case examples, vignettes,
tools, and techniques, this book prepares clinicians with all the critical skills to hit the ground running in therapy with new clients.
See page 45 for Robert Taibbi's Boot Camp Therapy.
THE THERAPIST IN THE REAL WORLD

What You Never Learn in Graduate School (But Really Need to Know)
JEFFREY A. KOTTLER
"With this volume, Kottler provides graduate students and early career professionals with a look at
what might lie ahead and a way to think about what may lie ahead that cannot currently be imagined. PsycCRITIQUES
With warmth, wisdom, and expertise, Jeffrey A. Kottler offers therapists, counselors, and social
workers illuminating advice on important issues often overlooked during training years, and also
delves into areas in which even the most experienced therapists can continue to hone their talents
and maximize their potential.
Contents: Part I: More Than You Bargained For 1. What You May Not Have Learned in Graduate School 2. Seismic Shifts in the Practice of Therapy 3. Walking on Water and Other Unrealistic Expectations 4. Organized
Confusion: Making Sense of Change Processes in Our Clients, Our Profession, and Ourselves 5. Returning to the Basics When
It All Starts to Sound Familiar Part II: Secrets and Neglected Challenges 6. Clients Are Your Best Teachers 7. Relationships
Are (Almost) Everything! 8. Honoring and Telling Stories 9. Private Practice and/or Public Service? Part III: Ongoing Personal and Professional Development 10. Upgrading Your Presentations 11. Writing and Publishing for Pleasure, Purpose,
or Profit 12. Navigating Organizational Politics 13. On Supervision, Mentoring, Mastery, and Creativity
SIMPLE SELF-CARE FOR THERAPISTS

Restorative Practices to Weave Through Your Workday
ASHLEY DAVIS BUSH
Simple, clear, and effective. If you want to be the best healing professional and human being you
can be, this treasure of a book is an essential companion. Elisha Goldstein, PhD, author of Uncovering Happiness and cofounder of The Center for Mindful Living
This pocket-size book provides a host of practical self-care strategies that any therapist can easily
implement before and after sessions, and anytime in between-short nuggets of self-compassion
that speak to the mind, body, and spirit of the clinician. The 70 strategies or tools include a range
of thoughtful visualizations and exercises-including tools for a typical workday, tools for grounding,
tools for energizing, and tools for relaxing.
Contents: Part 1: The Foundation 1. Essentials of Self-Care 2. Challenges of Self-Care 3. Occupational Hazards Part II: The Template 4. Tools for a Typical Workday Part III: The Resources 5. Tools for Grounding 6. Tools
for Energizing 7. Tools for Relaxing Epilogue Suggested Reading
38
Contents: Introduction: From Clueless In Publishing Land To Stop Me Before I Write Again!: How
I Went From Being A Non-Writer To Writing Over 30 Books 1. Why Would A Psychotherapist Want
To Write A Book?: Passion and Purpose 2. How To Get Clear On Your Topic and Direction: Problem,
Promise, Population, Positioning, and Program 3. The Proposal: Why You Should Never Write Your
Book Before You Sell It 4. How the Busy Psychotherapist Can Get A Book Written: Overcoming
Busyness, Barriers, and Avoidance 5. If You Build It, They May Not Come: Carving A Platform To
Help Sell Your Book 6. Well Begun Is Half Done: Planning 7. The 10 Ps To Getting Your Book Written
and Published: Summary and Send Off Appendix: 10 Pieces Of Advice From A Non-Fiction Editor
To Prospective Authors by Deborah Malmud
ISBN: 978-0-393-70810-3 2013 192 pages Paperback w/DVD $19.95
CRISIS-PROOF YOUR PRACTICE
SPEAKING AS A PROFESSIONAL
How to Survive and Thrive in an Uncertain Economy
Enhance Your Therapy or Coaching Practice through

Presentations, Workshops, and Seminars
LYNN GRODZKI
Contents: Part I: Review 1. Surviving to Thriving 2. CrisisProofing in Action 3. Take an Honest Inventory 4. the Big
Picture Part II: Recommit 5. Protect Your Practice 6. Cut
Unhealthy Dependencies 7. What to Charge, When to Spend,
How to Save 8. Low-Cost Marketing Part III: Rebrand 9.
Having a Strong Internet Presence 10. Best Business Models,
Part 1 11. Best Business Models, Part 2 12. Your Crisis-Proof
Turnaround Plan Part IV: Reinvest 13. Build a Practice to Sell
14. Fearless Change 15. Learned Resilience 16. Crisis-Proof
Leadership
$21.95
TWELVE MONTHS TO
YOUR IDEAL PRIVATE
PRACTICE
A Workbook
LYNN GRODZKI
Based on the practice-building
program outlined in her popular
book Building Your Ideal Private
Practice, this workbook introduces fresh ideas, new exercises, and well-tested strategies which combine to provide a
richly constructed, easy-to-follow business coaching program.
$23.95
DAN GRANDSTAFF
This manual is the best weve seen for turning talk into
money. Psychotherapy Finances
ISBN: 978-0-393-70433-4 2004 272 pages $30.00
TREATMENT COLLABORATION
Improving the Therapist, Prescriber, Client
Relationship
RONALD J. DIAMOND and PATRICIA L. SCHEIFLER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70473-0 2007 208 pages $29.95
MENTAL HEALTH PROVIDERS GUIDE TO

MANAGED CARE
Industry Insiders Reveal How to Successfully
Participate and Profit In Todays System
LEONARD REICH and ANDREW KOLBASOVSKY
ISBN: 978-0-393-70504-1 2006 224 pages $24.95
MENTAL HEALTH PROFESSIONALS IN MEDICAL

SETTINGS
A Primer
JO ELLEN PATTERSON, C.J. PEEK, RICHARD L. HEINRICH,
RICHARD J. BISCHOFF, and JOSEPH E. SCHERGER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70338-2 2002 240 pages $40.00
PROFESSIONAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES IN

PSYCHOLOGY
ESSENTIALS OF PRIVATE
PRACTICE
Foundations of Practice
Streamlining Costs,
Procedures, and Policies
for Less Stress
ISBN: 978-0-393-70285-9 1999 320 pages $39.00
HOLLY A. HUNT
This is an invaluable tool
for any practitioner and will
save you time, money, and
personal frustration if you
implement the sound policies
and advice Holly Hunt outlines. Psymposium
$19.95
PRACTICE-BUILDING 2.0 FOR MENTAL HEALTH

PROFESSIONALS
Strategies for Success in the Digital Age
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
BECOMING A PUBLISHED THERAPIST

A Step-By-Step Guide to Writing Your Book
BILL OHANLON
WALTER B. PRYZWANSKY and ROBERT N. WENDT
DIMENSIONS OF PSYCHOTHERAPY
SUPERVISION
Maps and Means
RUSSELL HABER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70217-0 1996 256 pages $29.00
AT PERSONAL RISK
Boundary Violations in Professional-Client
Relationships
MARILYN R. PETERSON
If you havent read this, put it on your must read list.
Access: Newsletter for the Clinical Social Work Association
$30.00
TRACY TODD
$29.95
39
PSYCHOTHERAPY
SELF-COMPASSION IN PSYCHOTHERAPY
Mindfulness-Based Practices for Healing and Transformation
TIM DESMOND, Foreword by RICHARD J. DAVIDSON
I heartily recommend it both for clinicians and also as a valuable tool for classroom
use to facilitate discussions for any classes in clinical psychology. Metapsychology
This logically written guide integrates cutting-edge neuroscience with mindfulness and traditional Buddhist practices to show mental health professionals how they can help clients develop
a more loving, kind, and forgiving attitude toward themselves.
Contents: 1. Self-Compassion: What Is It and Why Is It Useful in Therapy? 2. The Science of
Self-Compassion 3. Basic Clinical Principles 4. Mindfulness of the Body: Techniques for Building
Affect Tolerance and Regulation 5. Mindfulness of Thoughts: Techniques for Building Cognitive
Flexibility 6. Unlocking a Clients Natural Compassion 7. Using Compassion to Heal and Transform Suffering in the Past and Present 8. Working with Stubborn Self-Criticism and Self-Sabotage 9. Treating Trauma, Addiction,
and Psychosis 10. Overcoming Common Clinical Roadblocks 11. Self-Compassion Practices for the Therapist
CONTEMPLATIVE PSYCHOTHERAPY ESSENTIALS

Enriching Your Practice with Buddhist Psychology
KAREN KISSEL WEGELA
[T]he concepts Wegela taught me in this book . . . changed my approach, altered my
behavior, and in effect lead to a more genuine, connected, loving relationship with
my clients. Somatic Psychotherapy Today
This book makes the increasingly popular pairing of Buddhist psychology with traditional
therapy accessible for the average clinician, readers through the foundational concepts of
this therapy approach and its specific clinical techniques.
Filled with client vignettes and practical guidance in an eminently wise, openhearted tone,
this book explores the nuances of contemplative therapy practice, beginning with creating
genuine therapeutic relationships and learning how to recognize brilliant sanitynot only
psychopathologyin our clients, and goes on to consider sowing the seeds of mindfulness,
making skillful use of mindlessness practices, investigating emotions, cultivating compassion, and working with anger.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70867-7 October 2014 302 pages Hardcover $32.95
EASY EGO STATE INTERVENTIONS

Strategies for Working with Parts
ROBIN SHAPIRO
Most of us have different aspects, parts, or ego states of ourselves. which manifest as
particular moods, behaviors, and reactions depending on the demands of our external and
internal environments. Ego state therapy refers to a powerful, flexible therapy that helps
clients integrate and reconcile these distinct aspects of themselves. This book offers practical
techniques that any therapist can incorporate in his or her practice to address garden-variety
developmental issues like self-care challenges, grief, anxiety, and differentiation from families
and peer groups, as well as to support clients across the dissociation spectrum, including
those who suffer from complex trauma.
Contents: Part I: Getting Started with Ego State Work 1. Defining and Diagnosing Ego
States 2. Foundational Intervention: Accessing Positive States 3. Foundational Intervention:
Creating Safe Places and Internal Caregivers 4. Foundational Intervention: Working with Infant and Child States Part II: Problem-Specific Interventions 5. Trauma 6. Relationship Challenges 7. Personality Disorders 8. Suicidal Clients 9. Cultural, Familial,
and Abuse-Related Introjects
VERBAL & NON-VERBAL COMMUNICATION IN PSYCHOTHERAPY

GILL WESTLAND
[A] marvelous and useful book. . . . [S]he is clearly teaching an approach that can turbo
charge psychotherapy. The Milton H. Erickson Foundation Newsletter
This book brings together insights from a range of psychotherapies for therapists who want
to expand their communication abilities and embrace more effective ways of communicating.
Therapists will learn skills to respond with language to clients nonverbal communication, as
well as mindfulness practices and right brain to right brain communication, enabling therapists to reach clients when there are no words.
Contents: 1. Neurological Foundations of Nonverbal Communication 2. How Babies Relate: Infant Development and Communication 3. Being With the Self, Being With the Client 4. Verbal
and Nonverbal Communication: Two Communication Streams Interacting Together 5. Breathing and Relating 6. Being With Emotions 7. Free Association of the Body: Guiding Implicit Communications of Clients Toward Fuller Expression 8. Touch: Direct Communication 9. Using Creative Media for Expression
40
THE FEELING BRAIN

ELIZABETH JOHNSTON and LEAH OLSON
Delving into the personal yet scholarly study of the neuroscience of emotions, authors Olson
and Johnston consider William James famous question, still unanswered, What is an emotion?
The authors move from a consideration of basic emotions and the early brain areas that have
been associated with them to the more complex social emotions and their involvement of
higher brain areas, using myriad case examples to illustrate the essential concepts.
Contents: Introduction: What is an Emotion? 1. The Early Work on Defining Emotion: From William James to Appraisal Theory 2. The Limbic System Version of the Emotional Brain 3. The
Functions of Emotions: Basic Emotional Systems 4. The Neural Substrates of Fear and Anxiety 5. The Role of the Body in Emotions and Decision Making 6. Reward: Liking, Wanting, and
Learning 7. Body and Mind: The Linkage of Interoception and Emotion 8. Emotion & Memory of
Memory 9. Feelings-as-Information: How Affect Influences Thought and Judgment 10. Emotion-Cognition Interactions: Attention, Perception & Neuroeconomics 11. Emotion Regulation Concluding Comments: What is an Emotion-Now?
THE STOP PROGRAM: FOR WOMEN WHO ABUSE

Group Leaders Manual
THE STOP PROGRAM FOR WOMEN

Handouts and Homework
DAVID WEXLER
PSYCHOTHERAPY
The Biology and Psychology of Emotions
Once again, David Wexler has offered a practical, comprehensive, gender-sensitive handbook on how to treat individuals who are aggressive
and abusive-now with evidence-based interventions for the long overlooked
population of women who abuse. This Group Leaders Manual and the accompanying Handouts and Homework will be of great value to all clinicians. Kudos
to David Wexler! Donald Meichenbaum, PhD, Distinguished Professor Emeritus,
University of Waterloo, Research Director of the Melissa Institute for Violence Prevention
The STOP Program: For Women Who Abuse is the most innovative and comprehensive
manual to address domestic violence treatment specifically to female offenders, with a program
targeted to engage women in their own healing process. This program will radically change the
landscape for treatment of women who abuse. Developed and field-tested for over twenty-five
years among military and civilian populations, the skill-building program is presented in a 26-week or 52-week psychoeducational format. The group leaders manual is packed with teaching methods, skills-training exercises, articles, video clips, and
other resources. Accompanying handouts and homework for participants (sold separately) provide structure for recovery both
within the sessions and at home. Packaged as loose-leaf sheets, they can be added, removed, or rearranged to suit the needs
of any leader administering the program.
Group Leaders Manual: ISBN: 978-0-393-71148-6 2016 240 pages Pbk $32.00
Handouts and Homework: ISBN: 978-0-393-71150-9 2016 128 pages Loose Sheets $12.00
STOP DOMESTIC VIOLENCE, THIRD EDITION

Innovative Skills, Techniques, Options, and Plans for Better
Relationships
This comprehensive instruction manual teaches group leaders how to effectively and successfully administer David B. Wexlers trusted program. The treatment integrates cognitive behavioral skills and a client-centered, skill-building
approach that engages the abuser in his own healing process. Accompanied
by worksheets and handouts that are critical to keeping participants actively
engaged in overcoming their abusive tendencies.
Group Leaders Manual: 978-0-393-70870-7 2013 240 pgs
Paperback $32.00
Handouts and Homework: 978-0-393-70869-1 2013 128 pgs Loose Sheets
$12.00
WORKING WITH PARENTS OF ANXIOUS CHILDREN

Therapeutic Strategies for Encouraging Communication, Coping & Change
CHRISTOPHER MCCURRY
This book explores the critical parent-child dance at the center of child development and
uncovers how therapists can guide parents in changing their dynamic so anxious outbursts are
reduced and a childs confidence and growth are better supported. Parent management training
and parent-child interaction training strategies are also provided.
Contents: Part I: Understanding the Anxiety Dance 1. Biology, Temperament, and Adaptability 2. The Role of Parents in Child Anxiety Part II: Creating a New Dance 3. Talking to
Parents About their Childs Anxiety 4. Changing the Choreography 5. Helping Parents Develop
Effective Communication Skills 6. Treating Anxiety in a Family Context 1: Cognitive Behavioral
Therapy 7. Treating Anxiety in a Family Context 2: Mindfulness and Acceptance-Based Therapies Part III: Sustaining the Dance-and the Dancers 8. Learning When to Push and When
to Yield 9. Fostering Parent Self-Care Appendix A: Validation Handout Appendix B: Child Directed Play Handout Appendix C:
Breathing Exercises Handout Appendix D: Valued Living Questionnaire Appendix E: Resources for Parents
41
PSYCHOTHERAPY
THE THERAPEUTIC AHA!

10 Strategies for Getting Your Clients Unstuck
COURTNEY ARMSTRONG
[T]his is a book which will teach you how to help others heal from trauma while igniting (or
re-igniting) your passion for being a therapist. I highly recommend it. Potential Not Pathology
Its a perennial challenge for therapists: to be effective with clients (particularly when therapy
gets stuck or stalled) and to avoid burnout and boredom. Drawing on basic neuroscience concepts and showing how they can be put into practice, this book delivers 10 practical, creative
strategies that therapists can use with clients to help spark their emotional brain and create
new neural pathways that engage and advance the healing process. Its a concise guide to shaking things up in therapy, for both therapist and client.
Contents: Introduction: Creating Transformative Emotional Experiences Part I: Awakening
a Session 1. The Power of Emotion 2. Engaging the Emotional Brain 3. Enlivening The Therapeutic Alliance 4. Eliciting Exciting
Goals Part II: Healing Emotional Wounds 5. Locating the Root of an Emotional Pattern 6. Erasing the Negative Impact of
Trauma Part III: Activating Experiential Change 7. Invoking Inspirational Imagery 8. Conjuring Up Outrageous Stories 9.
Summoning Quick Humor and Association Games 10. Rousing Rhythm, Music, and Movement 11. Mastering the Emotional Dance
(Therapy as Lived Experience) Acknowledgments References
THE THERAPISTS ULTIMATE SOLUTION BOOK

Essential Strategies, Tips & Tools to Empower Your Clients
JUDITH A. BELMONT
The Therapists Ultimate Solution Book is a resource that belongs on your desk, not
your bookshelf. It addresses issues that most every client is actively dealing with in
treatment, and Belmonts therapeutic tips and takeaways make it both accessible and
directly applicable to clinical practice. Mark Carlson, author of CBT for Chronic Pain and
Psychological Well-Being
This book delivers an array of basic solutions-in the form of handouts, worksheets, exercises,
quizzes, mini-lessons, and visualizations-to use with your clients and tailor to fit their needs. No
matter your preferred course of therapy-whether its CBT, DBT, EMDR, or EFT-having at your
disposal a variety of easy-to-learn and easy-to-teach techniques for a host of common therapy
issues goes a long way in keeping your clients on track, both during and in between sessions.
Topics covered include: Stress Solutions; Anxiety Solutions; Depression Solutions; Anger Solutions; Conflict Solutions; Regret
Solutions; Low Self-Esteem Solutions; Life-Imbalance Solutions; and more.
RESTORING RESILIENCE
Discovering Your Clients Capacity for Healing
EILEEN RUSSELL, Forewords by DIANA FOSHA and DANIEL A. HUGHES
Dr. Russells approach and methods are clear and concise, and would benefit anyone who
needs to discover the capacity for rekindling their inner light. Psychology Today
This book lays out the tools and background for any therapist interested in engaging in changeoriented therapy. The author draws on interpersonal neurobiology and affect regulation
research to accomplish this, as well as a number of theoretical orientations including Accelerated Experiential Dynamic Psychotherapy, attachment theory, and EMDR. The book concludes
with a number of exercises to help clinicians cultivate their own personal resilience, because a
resilient clinician is better equipped to foster resilience in his or her clients.
THE ROAD TO CALM WORKBOOK

Life-Changing Tools to Stop Runaway Emotions
CAROLYN DAITCH and LISSAH LORBERBAUM
Whether you are a therapist looking for powerful tools that your patients can use between
sessions, or an individual working to manage your own stresses and emotions, this book is an
essential resource. Ruth Buczynski, PhD, licensed psychologist, president of The National
Institute for the Clinical Application of Behavioral Medicine (NICABM)
Carolyn Daitch, author of the award-winning Affect Regulation Toolbox (page 58), makes her
expertise accessible to psychotherapy clients and anyone suffering from emotional overwhelm. Written with psychotherapist Lissah Lorberbaum, this workbook is a ready-to-use
guide to regulating emotional flooding and finding calm in your daily life. It includes the STOP
Solution for calming emotional flooding, daily stress inoculations, guided imagery exercises, opportunities for journaling and
reflection, mindfulness practices, and matching audio exercises on the accompanying CD. A complimentary companion app
also enhances readers ability to take these exercises on the go.
Contents: Part I: Understanding Emotional Flooding 1. Understanding Your Emotional Life 2. How Emotional Flooding Hurts
3. Conflicts in Relationships Part II: The Road to Self-Regulation 4. The Daily Stress Inoculation 5. Learning the STOP Solution: S, T, and O . 6 Learning the STOP Solution: P 7. Identifying and Managing Common Emotional Stressors 8. Managing
Emotional Flooding in Relationships 9. Cementing Your Success
ISBN: 978-0-393-70841-7 2016 224 pages Paperback w/CD $24.95
42
NOT ON SPEAKING TERMS

ELENA LESSER BRUUN and SUZANNE MICHAEL
This book demonstrates how relationship rifts affect people in therapy, and how therapists can
help. Organized around some of the most common issues that cause these cutoffs, such as jealousy,
betrayal, abandonment, and miscommunication, it explores the prevalence and significance of these
rifts, provides definitions, and presents case examples from literature and life.
See page 61 for Marrying Well by Elena Lesser Bruun.
TRANSFORMING NEGATIVE SELF-TALK

Practical, Effective Exercises
STEVE ANDREAS
MORE TRANSFORMING NEGATIVE SELF-TALK

STEVE ANDREAS
See page 56 for full listings.
Transforming Negative Self-Talk Two Book Set
ISBN: 978-0-393-71094-6 2014 Paperbacks $29.95
PSYCHOTHERAPY
Clinical Strategies to Resolve Family and Friendship Cutoffs

Effective Strategies from Therapeutic Practice and Personal Experience
CAROLYN COSTIN and GWEN SCHUBERT GRABB,
Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
See page 54 for a full listing.
8 KEYS TO BRAIN-BODY BALANCE

ROBERT SCAER, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
PSYCHOTHERAPY ESSENTIALS TO GO
A series of quick-reference, multimedia guides to key protocols all
therapists need to know
PAULA RAVITZ and ROBERT MAUNDER, Editors
"[A] truly impressive series of books. Elevating pragmatics over dogma, it is grounded in the wisdom of front-line psychotherapists who adapt the core principles
of empirically supported psychotherapies to flexibly address a myriad of clinical
issues. No other series of psychotherapy handbooks is as skillfully concise
and yet thorough. It will quickly become a standard reference for teaching
and enhancing clinical competence." Zindel V. Segal, PhD, Distinguished
Professor of Psychology in Mood Disorders, University of TorontoScarborough;
author of The Mindful Way Through Depression
Rigorously field-tested by on-the-ground clinicians, these practical guidebooks-sold separately or as a set-provide easy-touse, evidence-based summaries of five core therapy techniques. Filled with self-test questionnaires, case studies, diagrams,
exercises, and role play transcripts, they are ideal teaching and learning resources. Accompanying each guide is a DVD featuring
an hour-long video of sample therapy sessions and clinical explications, as well as a handy practice-reminder card that summarizes key information about the therapy technique.
Achieving Psychotherapy Effectiveness
Dialectical Behavior Therapy for Emotion Dysregulation
ISBN: 978-0-393-70826-4 2015 144 pages

Paperback w/DVD $23.95
ISBN: 978-0-393-70825-7 2013 128 pages

Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Anxiety
Motivational Interviewing for Concurrent Disorders
ISBN: 978-0-393-70827-1 2013 128 pages

ISBN: 978-0-393-70824-0 2013 128 pages

Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Depression
Psychotherapy Essentials To Go Set
ISBN: 978-0-393-70828-8 2013 128 pages

ISBN: 978-0-393-71078-6 2014 Paperbacks w/DVDs

$100.00
Interpersonal Psychotherapy for Depression

ISBN: 978-0-393-70829-5 2013 128 pages
43
PSYCHOTHERAPY
Bestselling author MARGARET WEHRENBERG, PsyD, is a licensed psychologist in private practice, a popular public
speaker, and co-founder of the Reflex Delay Syndrome (RDS) Research and Training Institutes. She is also the author
of The Anxious Brain (see page 29).
ANXIETY + DEPRESSION
Effective Treatment of the Big Two Co-Occurring Disorders
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
Provides a number of useful strategies tailored to specific issues that a variety of patients might
encounter. The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease
Veteran clinician Margaret Wehrenberg offers up easy-to-use, practical therapy room strategies,
walking readers through the ins and outs of this frequent dual diagnosis.
Contents: 1. Where to Start? 2. Underlying Causes 3. The Low Energy Client 4. The HopelessRuminator 5. The Panicky & Depressed Client 6. The Worried & Exhausted Client 7. The Quiet Avoider 8. The High Energy &Depressed Client 9. The High Anxiety Client 10.What Not to Overlook
Appendix: What You Need to Know About Medication
THE 10 BEST-EVER ANXIETY MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES

Understanding How Your Brain Makes You Anxious & What You Can Do to Change It
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
This book offers the key to unlocking the complex biochemistry of your brain, and reversing your
anxiety-inducing habits. Dr. Wehrenberg has done the work to create the right learning environment
and organize the needed tools. Follow her lead and your body and mind will thank you with
the peace and quiet you deserve. Reid Wilson, PhD, author of Dont Panic: Taking Control of
Anxiety Attacks
Contents: Introduction: What You Can Do About Your Anxious Brain Part I: Understanding Your
Brain 1. How Your Brain Makes You Anxious 2. Managing Your Brain with Medication Part II: Managing the Anxious Body 3. Technique #1: Change Your Intake 4. Technique #2: Breathe 5. Technique #3: Practice Mindfulness
with Shifting Awareness 6. Technique #4: Relax Part III: Managing the Anxious Mind 7. Technique #5: Stop Catastrophizing
8. Technique #6: Stop Anxious Thoughts 9. Technique #7: Contain Your Worry 10. Technique #8: Talk Yourself Into Changing Behavior Part IV: Managing Anxious Behavior 11. Technique #9: Control TMA (Too Much Activity) 12. Technique #10: Implement
a Plan and Practice Recommended Reading & Resources
THE 10 BEST-EVER ANXIETY MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES WORKBOOK

MARGARET WEHRENBERG
You will find a great deal of useful information, along with worksheets and tools to help
you try new strategies and evaluate your progress. PsychCentral
This bestselling companion to The 10 Best-Ever Anxiety Management Techniques demonstrates
exactly how to put the techniques to work to understand, manage, and conquer your anxiety. Stepby-step exercises on developing and implementing counter-cognitions, mindfulness meditation,
thought-stopping and thought-replacement, breathing minutes, demand delays, cued relaxation,
affirmations, and much more are presented. Includes audio CD with breathing and relaxation exercises.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70743-4 2012 240 pages Paperback w/audio CD $19.95
THE 10 BEST-EVER DEPRESSION MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES

Understanding How Your Brain Makes You Depressed & What You Can Do to Change It
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
[C]hock full of options, techniques, and information to assist a depressed person in understanding every aspect of their disorder. . . . Wehrenberg has successfully linked the world of
prescription medications with the world of behavioral psychotherapy so that both are affirmed and
everyone is more informed. . . . [this book] stretches the usual ways of thinking to include, rather than
exclude, helpful options. The Milton H. Erickson Foundation Newsletter
Contents: Introduction: What You Can Do About Your Depressed Brain 1. How Your Brain Makes You
Depressed 2. Managing the Depressed Brain With Medication 3. Technique #1: Identify Triggers, Plan
New Responses 4. Technique #2: Start Where You Already Are 5. Technique #3: Cool Down Burnout 6. Technique #4: Mobilize
Your Energy 7. Technique #5: End Isolation 8. Technique #6: Balance Your Life 9. Technique #7: Prevent Destructive Behavior
10. Technique #8: Broaden Your Perspective 11. Technique #9: Increase Flexibility 12. Technique #10: Learn to Live Fully Appendix A: Worksheets & Information for Readers Appendix B: Worksheets & Scales for Therapists Readings & Resources
THE 10 BEST ANXIETY BUSTERS

Simple Strategies to Take Control of Your Worry
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
ISBN: 978-0-393-71076-2 January 2015 248 pages Paperback $13.95
See page 55 for a full description.
See page 29 for Margaret Wehrenbergs The Anxious Brain.
44
FOCUSING IN CLINICAL PRACTICE

ANN WEISER CORNELL
Felt sensing, as the essence of chance, is the take-home message repeatedly pointed to
throughout this volume. . . . Cornell gracefully and eloquently articulates how Focusing
works in a fresh, new way. . . . [C]linicians can also benefit from Focusing, as a therapist who
Focuses may also be more genuinely available and capable of doing self-care. International
Journal of Psychotherapy
Focusing is a particular process of attention that supports therapeutic change, a process that
has been linked in more than 50 research studies with successful outcomes in psychotherapy.
In this book, Ann Weiser Cornell, a Focusing teacher and trainer for more than 30 years, guides
readers in its facilitation and use with clients-how to help clients get felt senses and nurture them
when they appear, how to work with clients who have difficulty feeling in the body, how to facilitate a felt shift, how to support clients who experience dysregulating emotional states, how to incorporate Focusing into any type of therapy work, and much more.
RELATIONAL SUICIDE ASSESSMENT

Risks, Resources, and Possibilities for Safety
DOUGLAS FLEMONS and LEONARD M. GRALNIK, Foreword by DONALD MEICHENBAUM
[G]ives an account of essential steps that constitute a complete assessment of suicidal behaviors and provides guidance for the novice clinician starting a career in mental health. Experienced
clinicians may appreciate the authors poignancy, practical suggestions, and empathic perspective central to improving the care required by suicidal individuals. The Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease
PSYCHOTHERAPY
The Essence of Change

See pages 58 and 61 for more books by Douglas Flemons.
OUT OF THE BLUE

Six Non-Medication Ways to Relieve Depression
BILL OHANLON
Psychotherapist and internationally recognized expert Bill OHanlon gives therapists and their clients a set of essential strategies for getting unstuck from patterns of depression. Antidepressant
medication doesnt help everyone, and often offers only partial relief. This book introduces a new,
medication-free approach to managing one of the most commonly encountered problems in psychotherapy, providing simple cognitive solutions for mastering depressions thorniest symptoms.
Contents: 1. Out of the Blue: An Introduction to New Approaches to Relieving Depression 2.
Strategy #1: Marbling Depression with Non-Depression 3. Strategy #2: Undoing Depression 4.
Strategy #3: Shifting the Relationship to Depression 5. Strategy #4: Challenging Isolation 6.
Strategy #5: A Future with Possibilities 7. Strategy #6: Re-Starting Brain Growth 8. Send-Off
and Future Directions for Non-Medication Treatment Approaches for Relieving Depression
THE HEALING POWER OF WRITING

A Therapists Guide to Using Journaling with Clients
SUSAN BORKIN
Topics include: Journaling and the Clinical Process Keeping Track / A.T.T.E.N.D.D. W.R.I.T.E. to
Change Beliefs Adjustment Disorders and Stress Anxiety Disorders Depression and Mood Disorders Grief and Mourning Low Self-Esteem Distressed Couples and Families Cravings and
Addictions Disordered Eating Trauma and PTSD Journaling Road Blocks and Building Blocks
Helping Our Clients, Helping Ourselves
BOOT CAMP THERAPY

Brief, Action-Oriented Clinical Approaches to Anxiety, Anger, & Depression
ROBERT TAIBBI
Grounded in a results-oriented brief therapy model, this user-friendly guide presents the authors
boot camp approach focusing on a clients immediate behavior, helping them to do things differently, take action, concentrate on process, and use targeted goals and homework to jump-start
and motivate them into taking risks and breaking patterns. Following this approach, Taibbi walks
readers through session-by-session treatment maps for achieving solutions to three of the most
common issues in therapy.
THE HEAT OF THE MOMENT IN TREATMENT

Mindful Management of Difficult Clients
MITCH ABBLETT
45
PSYCHOTHERAPY
WHERE TO START AND WHAT TO ASK

An Assessment Handbook, Enhanced Edition with Audio CDs
SUSAN LUKAS
This indispensable book helps therapeutic neophytes organize their approach to the initial phase of
treatment and navigate even rough clinical waters with competence and assurance. The enhanced
edition is packaged together with two companion CDs filled with lessons and exercises on the clinical
interview. Sit back, relax, and think along with Susan Lukas about the many questions that you need
to ask about yourself and your client before, during, and after the interview. Doing so will not only
improve your clinical skills but also increase your confidence and self-awareness as a practitioner.
Contents: 1. How To Conduct the First Interview With An Adult 2. Looking, Listening, and Feeling:
the Mental Status Examination 3. How To Think About Your Clients Health: the Medical History 4.
How To Conduct the First Interview With A Family 5. How To Conduct the First Interview With A Child 6. How To Take A Developmental History 7. How To Conduct the First Interview With A Couple 8. How To Determine Whether A Client Might Hurt
Somebody-Including You 9. How To Determine Whether A Client Might Hurt Herself 10. How To Determine Whether A Client
Is A Substance Abuser 11. How To Assess Children For Neglect, Abuse, and Sexual Abuse 12. What Psychological Testing Is and
When You Might Ask For It 13. How To Write An Assessment 14. Where You Go From Here
ISBN: 978-0-393-70784-7 2012 200 Pages Paperback w/Two Audio CDs $29.95
Paperback only version: ISBN: 978-0-393-70152-4 1993 192 pages Paperback $20.95
CHILD TEMPERAMENT
New Thinking About the Boundary Between Traits and Illness
DAVID RETTEW, MD
From depression to ADHD to autism, temperament can play a definite role, but how, and to what
degree? This book provides a synthesized update on what has been learned and how temperament affects the development of mental illness.
ontents: Part I: Temperament and Its Links With Psychiatric Illness 1. A Brief History 2.
C
the Basics of Child Temperament 3. Features of Temperament 4. Neurobiology: the Brains Behind Temperament 5. Temperament and Psychopathology 6. Spectrums, Risk Factors, and Scars
Part II: Applications 7. Clinical Settings 8. Temperament and Parenting, Part I 9. Temperament and Parenting, Part II 10. Temperament in Educational Settings 11. Medications Credits
References Index
ASPERGER SYNDROME IN ADULTHOOD

A Comprehensive Guide for Clinicians
KEVIN STODDART, LILLIAN BURKE, ROBERT KING
I strongly recommend this book to any and all who deal with psychiatric patients and
those who rightfully advocate for their treatment. . . . The section on psychotherapy . . . can
help the therapist to understand what the patient needs and how to go about achieving it. The
section on psychosocial aspects can provide information for patient advocates and others involved
in the field about how limited the resources are and what is needed. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease
TREATMENT RESISTANCE AND PATIENT AUTHORITY

The Austen Riggs Reader
ERIC M. PLAKUN, Editor, Foreword by OTTO F. KERNBERG
Over the past 20 years, the number of citations to work on treatment-resistant patients has risen
over 800%. The Austen Riggs Center is nationally recognized as the leading psychiatric hospital for
these patients. In this book, leaders in treating such difficult patients offer a comprehensive psychodynamic approach to tackling these challenging cases and hope for recovery. The practical principles
presented will help clinicians apply strategies from Riggs to other outpatient, residential, day treatment, and inpatient settings.
BODY PSYCHOTHERAPY
History, Concepts, and Methods
MICHAEL C. HELLER, Translated by MARCEL DUCLOS
In this comprehensive book, Michael Heller summarizes all the major concepts, thinkers, and movements whose work has led to the creation of the field we now know as body/mind psychotherapy.
Topics include: The Organism in the Far East; Asana and Pranayama of Hatha-Yoga; Chinese and
Taoist Refinements; Plato; Descartes; Spinoza; The Theory of Evolution; The Concept of Auto-Regulation in the Organism; Hypnosis, Relaxation, and Gymnastics at the Birth of Body Psychotherapy;
Physiognomy, Phrenology, Emotional Expressions and Character Analysis; Spirituality, Hypnosis,
and Energy; Organismic Gymnastics from Elsa Gindler to Mosh Feldenkrais; The Origins of Psychoanalysis; The Organismic Approach of Wilhelm Reich and the Systemic Psychosomatics of Otto
Fenichel; Vegetotherapy; Nonverbal Communication Research and Body Psychotherapy
46
FUNDAMENTALS OF PSYCHOANALYTIC TECHNIQUE

BRUCE FINK
Bruce Fink restores psychoanalysiss relevance and explains it in ways I dare say few of
us ever understood or appreciated. . . . Every chapter contains insights worth pondering, not
just about the analytic process, but about human nature itself. . . . [It] deserves to be read by a
wide audience. PsychCentral
Unlike any other writer on Lacan to date, Fink illustrates his Lacanian approach to listening, questioning, punctuating, and interpreting with dozens of actual clinical examples. He clearly outlines
the fundamentals of working with dreams, daydreams, and fantasies, discussing the numerous
anxiety dreams, nightmares, and fantasies told to him by his own patients. By examining transference and countertransference in detail through the use of clinical vignettes, Fink lays out the
major differences between mainstream psychoanalytic practice and Lacanian practice. Designed for a wide range of practitioners and requiring no previous knowledge of Lacans work, this primer is accessible to therapists of many different persuasions.
ISBN 978-0-393-70725-0 2011 320 pages Paperback $22.95
ASSESSING ADULT ATTACHMENT

A Dynamic-Maturational Approach to Discourse Analysis
PATRICIA McKINSEY CRITTENDEN and ANDREA LANDINI
This book describes a method for identifying the psychological and interpersonal self-protective
attachment strategies of adults by applying discourse analysis to semi-structured interviews.
Analyzing methods such as the Adult Attachment Interview and the Parents Interview, Crittenden and Landini present the Dynamic-Maturational Model of Attachment and Adaptation,
which is centered around the importance of exposure to danger in shaping mental and behavioral
functioning, the organized self-protective function of behavior that others have found inexplicable and unclassifiable, representation of these functions in the preconscious construction of
language, and the dynamic and interactive quality of representation. Whether used as a guide to
treatment formulation or a basis for gathering empirical data, Assessing Adult Attachment is a
must for clinicians and researchers alike.
PSYCHOTHERAPY
A Lacanian Approach for Practitioners
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY FOR PSYCHOTHERAPISTS

Connecting Body & Soul
KATHRIN A. STAUFFER
Beginning with a discussion of the basic building blocks of the body, cells and molecules, Stauffer
works through the body system by system, showing through clinical case examples that an understanding of each system can greatly enhance the art of psychotherapy.
Contents: Introduction: Toward an Integrated Humanity 1. Cells, Molecules, and Energy: The
Dance of Life 2. The Central Nervous System: Creating Meaning 3. The Peripheral Nervous System: The Rhythm of Self-Regulation 4. Bones and Joints: Authenticity Versus Compliance 5. The
Skeletal Musculature: Resources and Shadow 6. Skin: Touching and Being Touched 7. The Digestive System: The Difference Between Good and Bad 8. Fluids and Connective Tissue: The Stuff of Basic Vitality 9. The Cardiovascular System: Matters of the Heart 10. The Endocrine and Immune Systems: Health, Stress, and Disease 11. The Reproductive
System: Beyond the Self 12. The Respiratory System: Fullness of Being Glossary
THE ALZHEIMERS FAMILY

Helping Caregivers Cope
ROBERT B. SANTULLI
In this handbook, clinicians are taught how to navigate the many interpersonal issues at the heart
of Alzheimers disease-that is, how to work with the families and friends of the patient. Santulli addresses everything from how to respond compassionately to their likely questions and concerns,
how to clearly explain symptoms and risk factors, when to suggest consultation with a geriatric
specialist, and how to sensitively discuss issues of long-term treatment and care.
CHANGE
Principles of Problem Formation and Problem Resolution
PAUL WATZLAWICK, JOHN WEAKLAND, and RICHARD FISCH, Foreword by MILTON H.
ERICKSON, Preface to the paperback edition by BILL OHANLON
This classic book deals with the age-old questions of persistence and change. It asks how problems
arise and are perpetuated in some instances, but in other instances are resolved. It examines how,
paradoxically, common sense and logical approaches often fail, while seemingly illogical and unreasonable actions succeed in producing the desired change. The book incorporates ideas about
human communication, marital and family therapy, and the therapeutic effects of paradoxes and
of action-oriented techniques of problem resolution. It is an outgrowth of the authors work at the
Brief Therapy Center of the Mental Research Institute.
47
PSYCHOTHERAPY
PRAGMATICS OF HUMAN
COMMUNICATION
A Study of Interactional
Patterns, Pathologies, and
Paradoxes
PAUL WATZLAWICK,
JANET BEAVIN BAVELAS, and
DON D. JACKSON
One of the best books ever
about human communication, this book has formed the
foundation of much research
into interpersonal communication. The authors identify
simple properties or axioms of human communication and
demonstrate how all communications are a function of their
contexts. Topics covered in this wide-ranging book include:
the origins of communication; the idea that all behavior is
communication; metacommunication; the properties of an
open system; the family as a system of communication; the
nature of paradox in psychotherapy; existentialism and human communication.
$21.95
See page 47 and 66 for more books by Paul Watzlawick.
BRAIN CHANGE THERAPY

Clinical Interventions for
Self-Transformation
CAROL J. KERSHAW and
J. WILLIAM WADE
Drawing on principles from neuroscience, hypnosis, biofeedback,
object relations therapy, and
cognitive therapy, Kershaw and
Wade teach therapists how to
use state change to stimulate
positive emotional patterns and
behavioral alterations in their clients, helping them reach stable
neurological and emotional states and thus shift perspectives,
attitudes, beliefs, and personal narratives toward the positive.
$37.50
ANXIETY DISORDERS
The Go-To Guide for Clients
and Therapists
CAROLYN DAITCH
Topics include: Genes, Perinatal and Early Childhood Experience, and Attachment
Interventions Commonly used:
Cognitive Therapy, Hypnosis,
Mindfulness-Based Modalities
Relaxation Techniques to
Combat Generalized Anxiety Disorder, Panic Disorder, Specific Phobias, Social Anxiety Disorder, and Obsessive Compulsive Disorder Vivid Clinical Case Examples Recovery
Stories of the Clients Described in the Book Adjunctive
Approaches: Medications and Herbal or Neutraceutical Approaces, Diet and Exercise, and At-Home Practice, Outside
of the Therapy Room
$25.95
COMPLETE MENTAL HEALTH

The Go-To Guide for Clinicians and Patients
JOHN INGRAM WALKER
$29.95
CHALLENGING DEPRESSION
MARK ZETIN, JENNIFER KURTH, and CARA T. HOEPNER
$35.00
48
MEN IN THERAPY
New Approaches for
Effective Treatment
DAVID B. WEXLER
This book is a wonderful contribution to both the study of
mens issues and the larger
mental health field. Wexler
wrote with the practitioner
in mind and he has succeeded
in creating an accessible text
for both novice and seasoned
professionals. The Family Journal
In Men in Therapy, therapists are offered a number of
methods for countering mens general reluctance to open
up emotionally or fully engage in therapy. Individual chapters
are devoted to the treatment of men in relationships, men
suffering from depression, fathers, men who abuse women,
and men of color. In each case, Wexler provides an informative
overview of the issues unique to each group, sound advice,
and commonsense methods for treating each of these groups
effectively, nonjudgmentally, and professionally.
$32.00
See pages 41 and 73 for more books by David B. Wexler.
CLINICAL PEARLS OF WISDOM

21 Leading Therapists Offer Their Key Insights
MICHAEL KERMAN, Editor
Contributors include: Pat Ogden, Bill OHanlon, and Michael
Stone on Depression Dusty Miller, Diana Fosha, and Babette
Rothschild on Trauma Reid Wilson and Margaret Wehrenberg
on Anxiety Kenneth Doka, Robert Neimeyer, and Sameet
Kumar on Grief Sue Johnson, Carolyn Daitch, and Evan ImberBlack on Working with Couples Dan Hughes, Lenore Terr, and
Aureen Wagner on Working with Children Janet Edgette, Martha Straus, and David Wexler on Working with Adolescents
David Wallin on the Therapists Attachment Patterns
POD $25.95
CHANGE IN PSYCHOTHERAPY
A Unifying Paradigm
THE BOSTON CHANGE PROCESS STUDY GROUP
$35.00
THERAPY WITH OLDER CLIENTS

Key Strategies for Success
MARC AGRONIN
This book is a great start for students or professionals in
psychology who are interested in working with older adults
but have little experience in it. . . . a worthy read.
Activities, Adaptation and Aging
$27.50
TALKING TO FAMILIES ABOUT MENTAL ILLNESS

What Clinicians Need to Know
IGOR GALYNKER
$32.95
ZEN AND PSYCHOTHERAPY

Partners in Liberation
JOSEPH BOBROW
$27.50
ADULT CHILDREN OF
PARENTAL ALIENATION
SYNDROME
The Essential Guide

JOE KORT
Breaking the Ties that

Bind
[E]nlightening, instructive, and

jam-packed with essential information for any straight clinician working with gay, lesbian,
and transgendered clients. I am
pleased to recommend it very
highly. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy
This book, written in a highly accessible style, is suitable for
both novice and experienced counselors whose earlier training may have omitted lesbian and gay issues. It is essential
reading for the straight therapist who has not explored his
or her own prejudices and has little knowledge of the lesbian
and gay world. Therapy Today
$32.00
INTEGRATED TREATMENT
OF EATING DISORDERS
Beyond the Body Betrayed
KATHRYN J. ZERBE
Highly recommended for clinicians from all backgrounds
and can also serve as a valuable source of information
for patients and family members. If a clinician or trainee
wanted to find a single
source for eating disorder
education at multiple levels, this would be the text to
recommend. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry
$35.00
WHAT EVERY THERAPIST NEEDS TO KNOW

ABOUT TREATING EATING AND WEIGHT ISSUES
KAREN R. KOENIG
[A]n invaluable resource for the practitioner who is not a
specialist in nutrition, anorexia, or behavioral neuroscience,
but needs a better understanding of the food and weight issues so often linked to the life problems and clinical diagnoses
they are asked to treat. Written in a lively, accessible style, this
terrific book belongs on every clinicians desk! Emily FoxKales, PhD, Department of Psychiatry, Harvard Medical School
$25.00
A USERS GUIDE TO THERAPY

What to Expect & How You Can Benefit
TAMARA L. KAISER
$18.95
A THERAPISTS GUIDE TO UNDERSTANDING

COMMON MEDICAL PROBLEMS
Assessing a Clients Mental and Physical Health
ANDREW KOLBASOVSKY
AMY J. L. BAKER
Dr. Baker . . . has put PAS on
the map as a significant form
of emotional abuse afflicting
adults long after they leave
their childhood years behind.
This is a book worth reading,
assigning to students, and keeping as a reference.
S. Richard Sauber, PhD, coauthor of International Handbook
of Parental Alienation Syndrome
[W]ill become a classic . . . . it is a milestone in the field.
Jayne A. Major, PhD, Stop Parental Alienation of Children (SPAC)
It should be mandatory reading for any custody evaluator
or attorney involved in high conflict divorces where parental
alienation is present. Margarethe S. Smith, MA
In interviews we hear from 40 adults who by their own accounts were victims of PAS, and have broken free of it . . . . As
a parent who has been there, and at least sometimes did give
up, your reviewer has gained from this book the resolve to try
again, no matter how painful it is. Fathermag.com
PSYCHOTHERAPY
GAY AFFIRMATIVE
THERAPY FOR THE
STRAIGHT CLINICIAN
Parental alienation syndrome (PAS) occurs when one parent,

often in response to divorce or separation, successfully manipulates a child into turning against the other parent. In this
groundbreaking book, Baker describes the long-term impact
of PAS, and offers therapists and consumers practical advice
for treating it.
34.00
POSITIVE AGING
A Guide for Mental
Health Professionals and
Consumers
ROBERT D. HILL
[P]acked with advice for counselors and other mental health
practitioners on how to encourage a positive approach in their
clients. The Journal of Mental
Health
By combining a novel approach
to human aging in the contemporary world with specific suggestions and ideas to optimize that process, this book promises to help all of us cope with the vicissitudes of growing
older to continue to get the most out of living.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70453-2 2006 256 pages $27.95
SEVEN STRATEGIES FOR POSITIVE AGING

ROBERT D. HILL
A practical companion to Robert Hill's Positive Aging, this book
explains how anyone can adopt and develop positive aging
skills.
$19.95
COGNITIVE GRIEF THERAPY
Contents: 1. Diabetes 2. Myocardial Infarction 3. Congestive

Heart Failure 4. Stroke 5. Asthma 6. Breast Cancer 7. Prostate
Cancer 8. Thyroid Disease 9. Gastro-Esophageal Reflux Disease 10. Hepatitis 11. HIV/AIDS 12. Future Directions
Constructing a Rational Meaning to Life

Following Loss

$35.00
ISBN: 978-0-393-70439-6 2007 256 pages POD

$35.00
RUTH MALKINSON
IMPULSE CONTROL DISORDERS

A Clinicians Guide to Understanding and Treating
Behavioral Addictions
JON E. GRANT
ISBN: 978-0-393-70521-8 2008 288 pages $26.95
49
PSYCHOTHERAPY
THE MAKING OF A
THERAPIST
A Practical Guide for the
Inner Journey
LOUIS COZOLINO
Refreshingly direct and clear,
with bullet points regularly
summing up main points to be
used as practical aids or spurs
to reflection, Cozolinos words
will be reassuring and helpful to
therapists at the beginning of their journey, and an enjoyable,
sometimes thought-provoking companion to those already
practicing. Counseling Resource
ISBN: 978-0-393-70424-2 2004 288 pages $29.00
See pages 16 and 17 for more books by Louis Cozolino.
EVIDENCE-BASED
MENTAL HEALTH
PRACTICE
A Textbook
ROBERT E. DRAKE,
MATTHEW R. MERRENS, and
DAVID W. LYNDE, Editors
[P]rovides an excellent blueprint for practitioners, clinical
leaders, administrators, and
students about the implementation of evidence-based
practices (EBP). It is organized in a logical, accessible manner
and is an excellent compilation of contributions from leaders
in the field of mental health.
Smith College Studies in Social Work
ISBN: 978-0-393-70443-3 2005 496 pages
Paperback $50.00
PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY
HANDBOOK FOR THE
NON-MEDICALLY TRAINED
SOPHIA F. DZIEGIELEWSKI
Emphasizing the importance of
making medications available
to consumers in conjunction
with the most effective and efficient counseling interventions,
Dziegielewski establishes the
context for the therapeutic use
of psychotropic drugs in the
culture of todays mental health treatments, examines the
danger of the quick fix mentality into which consumers and
clinicians are tempted to fall, and then focuses on the medications themselves.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70459-4 2006 272 pages $27.50
ADHD GROWN UP
A Guide to Adolescent and Adult ADHD
JOEL L. YOUNG
$25.95
POKER FACE IN MENTAL HEALTH PRACTICE

A Primer on Deception Analysis and Detection
ANSAR HAROUN and DAVID NAIMARK
$15.95
THERAPEUTIC CONVERSATIONS
STEPHEN GILLIGAN and REESE E. PRICE, Editors
ISBN: 978-0-393-70590-4 1993 384 pages
Paperback POD $24.95
See page 52 for another book by Stephen Gilligan.
50
THE NEW HANDBOOK OF

COGNITIVE THERAPY
TECHNIQUES
RIAN E. MCMULLIN
An exceptionally comprehensive compilation of the
methods of cognitive behavior therapy . . . Quite original
and brilliant. Albert Ellis,
PhD, the Albert Ellis Institute
This book describes, explains,
and demonstrates over a
hundred cognitive therapy techniques, offering for each the
theoretical basis, a thumbnail description of the method, case
examples, and resources for further information. In this major
revision of his 1986 Handbook of Cognitive Therapy Techniques, McMullin has added seven new chapters explaining
how to teach basic concepts, how to uncover harmful schemas, and how to resynthesize historical and cultural beliefs.
He directs special attention to using these strategies with
addicted clients and with severely mentally ill patients.
$45.00
COGNITIVE THERAPY IN
PRACTICE
A Case Formulation
Approach
JACQUELINE B. PERSONS
An excellent basic text for
graduate courses in psychotherapy and counseling across
the professions of psychology,
counseling, nursing, and social
work. The Behavior Therapist
$29.00
COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY

ESSENTIALS
Integrating Theories, Skills, and Practices
GLENN E. GOOD and BERNARD D. BEITMAN
Good and Beitman help students understand and enact the
core processes of successful psychotherapyengagement,
pattern search, change, and termination. Enhancing the
strengths and alerting students to the weaknesses of prevailing models, Good and Beitman integrate theories, concepts,
and techniques into a single essential source for todays
counselors and psychotherapists.
$49.95
LEARNING PSYCHOTHERAPY, Second Edition

A Time-Efficient, Research-Based, and OutcomeMeasured Psychotherapy Training Program
BERNARD D. BEITMAN and DONGMEI YUE
Book: ISBN: 978-0-393-70446-4 2004 416 pages
Paperback $40.00
Seminar Manual: ISBN: 978-0-393-70456-3 2004
Learning Psychotherapy Vignettes DVD:
ISBN: 978-0-393-70321-4 1999 80 minutes $300
SANDPLAY THERAPY
A Step-by-Step Manual for Psychotherapists of
Diverse Orientations
BARBARA LABOVITZ BOIK and E. ANNA GOODWIN
Sandplay allows clients to use nonverbal communication
to express their internal and external worlds. For therapists
interested in exploring the ways that sandplay facilitates
growth and healing, this practical handbook will be an invaluable resource.
$37.00
CHARACTER STYLES
STEPHEN M. JOHNSON
JOHN G. WATKINS and HELEN

H. WATKINS
Johnson shows how basic life issues underlie the severe pathology of personality disorder, the
nagging symptoms of neurosis,
and the more functional coping
and adaptation of the character
styles. Johnsons dimensional
model captures the complexity
of the human personality while
allowing for variability not seen
in categorical systems such as
DSM-IV. His descriptive names of the character styles not only
link childhood experiences to later personality and psychopathology, but also put flesh and bones on psychiatric diagnosis.
Ego states are the parts of our

personality that cause us to act
in different ways in different
situations. With clear language
and case extracts, the recognized originators of ego state
therapy explain this fascinating
theory and how to put it into
practice.
$35.00
ESCAPE FROM BABEL

Toward a Unifying Language for Psychotherapy
Practice
SCOTT MILLER, BARRY DUNCAN, and MARK HUBBLE
Respect for the clients point of view, the therapeutic relationship, and the clients hope for the future are areas of primary
concern for the authors. In this work, readers will find a clear
and effective path out of psychotherapeutic Babel.
$32.00
PSYCHOTHERAPY WITH IMPOSSIBLE CASES

The Efficient Treatment of Therapy Veterans
BARRY DUNCAN, MARK HUBBLE, and SCOTT MILLER
$40.00
RECOVERY FROM CULTS

Help for Victims of Psychological and Spiritual Abuse
MICHAEL D. LANGONE, Editor
POD $24.95
ACTIVE TREATMENT OF DEPRESSION

RICHARD OCONNOR
$35.00
DEPRESSION IN CONTEXT
Strategies for Guided Action
CHRISTOPHER R. MARTELL, MICHAEL E. ADDIS, and
NEIL S. JACOBSON
$35.00
TAMING THE TYRANT

Treating Depressed Adults
DEAN SCHUYLER
$32.00
See page 53 for another book by Schuyler.
THE MANY FACES OF EROS

A Psychoanalytic Exploration of Human Sexuality
JOYCE MCDOUGALL
$30.00

$38.50
SHAME AND PRIDE

Affect, Sex, and the Birth of the Self
DONALD L. NATHANSON
An understanding of shame is indispensable for clinical
work, and this is an excellent place to get it. Bulletin of
the Menninger Clinic
Drawing on themes of the modern life sciences, Nathanson
shows how nine basic affects (interestexcitement, enjoymentjoy, surprisestartle, fearterror, distressanguish,
angerrage, dissmell, disgust, and shamehumiliation) not
only determine how we feel but shape our very sense of self.
$24.95
KNOWING FEELING
Affect, Script, and Psychotherapy
DONALD L. NATHANSON, Editor
$45.00
HUMANIZING THE NARCISSISTIC STYLE

STEPHEN M. JOHNSON
$35.00
CHARACTEROLOGICAL TRANSFORMATION
The Hard Work Miracle
STEPHEN M. JOHNSON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70001-5 1985 320 pages
Paperback $40.00
HANGING BY A TWIG
Understanding and Counseling Adults with
Learning Disabilities and ADD
CAROL WREN, with Psychotherapeutic Commentary by
JAY EINHORN
$32.00
COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH

A Practical Guide
LOREN R. MOSHER and LORENZO BURTI
$20.00
FALLING BACKWARDS
An Exploration of Trust and Self Experience
DORIS BROTHERS
$30.00
THEATERS OF THE BODY
LANGUAGE, STRUCTURE, AND CHANGE
A Psychoanalytic Approach to Psychosomatic Illness

JOYCE MCDOUGALL
Frameworks of Meaning in Psychotherapy

JAY S. EFRAN, MICHAEL D. LUKENS, and ROBERT J. LUKENS

$22.95
PSYCHOTHERAPY
EGO STATES
Theory and Therapy

POD $21.95
51
PSYCHOTHERAPY
OBJECT RELATIONS THERAPY
THE COURAGE TO LOVE
Using the Relationship

SHELDON CASHDAN
Principles and Practices

of Self-Relations
Psychotherapy
Cashdan outlines the steps of object relations therapy, from

engagement, through identification and confrontation within
the therapy relationship-those centering around issues of
dependency, sexuality, power, and Ingratiation.
POD $30.00
THE ART OF THE PSYCHOTHERAPIST

JAMES F. T. BUGENTAL
POD $21.95
THE MYSTERY OF GOODNESS AND THE

POSITIVE MORAL CONSEQUENCES OF
PSYCHOTHERAPY
MARY NICHOLAS
$30.00
THE INTIMATE EDGE

Extending the Reach of Psychoanalytic Interaction
DARLENE BREGMAN EHRENBERG
POD $25.95
GENDER LOVING CARE

A Guide to Counseling Gender-Variant Clients
RANDI ETTNER
POD $27.95
SELF-DELIGHT IN A HARSH WORLD

The Main Stories of Individual, Marital, and Family
Psychotherapy
JAMES P. GUSTAFSON
$22.95
Unavailable outside the US

$29.00
See page 50 for another book by Stephen Gilligan.
INTEGRATED PRIMARY CARE

The Future of Medical and Mental Health
Collaboration
ALEXANDER BLOUNT, Editor
$40.00
IN THE MIDST OF WINTER

Counseling Families, Couples, and Individuals with
AIDS Infection: Revised Edition
GILLIAN WALKER
$22.95
BACK TO REALITY
A Critique of Postmodern Theory in Psychotherapy
BARBARA S. HELD
$32.00
CRITICAL INTERVENTIONS IN PSYCHOTHERAPY
MEANING-MAKING
HAIM OMER
Therapeutic Processes in Adult Development

$23.00
PRACTICING THERAPY
Exercises for Growing Therapists
ANNE HEARON RAMBO, ANTHONY HEATH, and
RONALD J. CHENAIL
$18.95
.
THE SEASONED PSYCHOTHERAPIST

Triumph Over Adversity
CARL GOLDBERG
$24.95
THE KOHUT SEMINARS

On Self Psychology and Psychotherapy with
Adolescents and Young Adults
MIRIAM ELSON, Editor
POD $22.95
MARY BAIRD CARLSEN

$25.95
PSYCHOTHERAPY IN THE AGE OF

ACCOUNTABILITY
LYNN D. JOHNSON
$29.00
THE EMERGING ROLE OF COUNSELING

PSYCHOLOGY IN HEALTH CARE
SARI ROTH-ROEMER, SHARON ROBINSON KURPIUS, and
CHERYL CARMIN, Editors
$45.00
COGNITIVE THERAPY
A Practical Guide
DEAN SCHUYLER
IN THE THERAPISTS MIRROR

$19.95
Reality in the Making

MARILYN WEDGE
Originally published in hardcover as A Practical Guide to

Cognitive Therapy.

$25.00
GAYS, LESBIANS, AND THEIR THERAPISTS

CHARLES SILVERSTEIN, Editor
$34.95
52
STEPHEN GILLIGAN
This is a book about how psychotherapy may be used to cultivate
the courage and freedom to love.
It presents love as a skill and force
that can heal and invigorate,
reconnect and guide, calm and
encourage. Practical skills are described here, with an emphasis on postconventional ethics, Buddhist and aikido principles,
and ideas of human sponsorship.
MOMENTS OF ENGAGEMENT
Intimate Psychotherapy in a Technological Age
PETER D. KRAMER
$24.95
The 8 Keys to Mental Health Series, edited by Babette Rothschild, provides readers with brief, high-quality,
strategy-filled self-help books on a variety of topics in mental health. Filled with exercises and practical strategies,
these books empower readers to help themselves. See pages 13 and 54 for more books in the series.
8 KEYS TO MENTAL HEALTH THROUGH EXERCISE

CHRISTINA HIBBERT, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
The Conscious Parent

Routine exercise alleviates stress and anxiety, moderates depression, relives chronic pain, and
improves self-esteem. Christina Hibbert offers readers step-by-step strategies for maintaining a
physically and emotionally healthy exercise regimen. Whether you have worked out periodically in
the past, or have never hit the gym, this book will help you get moving, stay moving, and maintain the
inspiration you need to reap the mental health benefits of regular exercise.
8 KEYS TO END BULLYING

Strategies for Parents & Schools
SIGNE WHITSON, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
[A]n excellent set of tools to help young people deal with bullying... Whitson goes beyond the
expected. . .providing exercises, questions to consider, and practical strategies to help victims, bystanders, and even bullies.... A necessary read for parents and teachers. Publishers Weekly
SELF-HELP
These 8 keys hold the potential to change your life! In this wonderful book, Dr. Hibbert provides
us with effective and easy-to-implement tools that allow the mind and the body to unite, change,
and heal. Dr. Shefali Tsabary, clinical psychologist and New York Times best-selling author of
Signe Whitson equips readers, with practical strategies to tackle bullying head-on. Social media
bullying, and the recent tragedies stemming from it, has given the widespread problem a new
dimension. While no magic cure-all exists, adults can learn and implement all sorts of quick and
easy techniques that can make a huge difference in the lives of kids-from establishing meaningful
connections with kids, to creating a positive school climate, addressing cyberbullying, building social
emotional competence, reaching out to bullies, empowering bystanders, and so much more.
8 KEYS TO PARENTING CHILDREN WITH ADHD

CINDY GOLDRICH, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
Just as a child who struggles with reading can learn to decode words, children with ADHD can learn
practice, communication, and solution-seeking skills to become more confident, independent, and
capable. This book, rich with optimism, tips, and action plans, offers science-based insights and
systems for parents to help cultivate these skills. Combining expert information with practical, sensitive advice, the 8 keys here will help parents reduce chaos, improve cooperation, and nurture the
advantages-like creativity and drive-that often accompany all of that energy.
8 KEYS TO RAISING THE QUIRKY CHILD

How to Help a Kid Who Doesnt (Quite) Fit In
MARK BOWERS, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
[D]eeply insightful and refreshingly practical. . . . Frustrated parents who believe their child is
well-described by the quirky profile will find Bowers attitude supportive, his psychological explanations of their childs motivations satisfying, and his specific strategies for helping these kids accept
breadth of experience and build social competency usable and encouraging. Publishers Weekly
8 KEYS TO FORGIVENESS
ROBERT ENRIGHT, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
This book has the potential to enrich and improve more lives than any psychology book in
decades. Dont give up on forgiveness in your life until you read this book and try its proven strategies. Frank Farley, PhD, Former President, American Psychological Association (APA)
How can we identify the source of our pain and inner turmoil? How can we find meaning in what
we have suffered, or learn to forgive ourselves? What can we do when forgiveness feels like a particularly tall order? All these questions and more are answered in this practical book, leading us to
become more tolerant, compassionate, and hopeful human beings.
8 KEYS TO OLD SCHOOL PARENTING FOR MODERN-DAY FAMILIES

MICHAEL MASCOLO, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
As an academic psychologist, a parent, and a consumer of trade press books on parenting, I found
Mascolos text timely and insightful, and I am happy to have it on my shelf. . . . [T]he author has distilled highly regarded contemporary parenting theory and research and tied them to clear examples
that most any reader could follow.PsycCRITIQUES
53

Effective Strategies from Therapeutic Practice and Personal Experience
CAROLYN COSTIN and GWEN SCHUBERT GRABB, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
SELF-HELP
It should be in the hands of everyone who suffers from this affliction, directly or indirectly.
The Globe and Mail
Interweaving personal narrative with the perspective of their own therapist-client relationship, these
insights bring an unparalleled depth of awareness into just what it takes to successfully beat this
challenging and seemingly intractable clinical issue. With great compassion and clinical expertise,
Costin and Grabb walk readers through the ins and outs of the recovery process, describing what
therapy entails, clarifying the common associated emotions such as fear, guilt, and shame, and, most
of all, providing motivation to seek help if you have been discouraged, resistant, or afraid.
8 KEYS TO ELIMINATING PASSIVE-AGGRESSIVENESS

ANDREA BRANDT, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
General readers will gain intimate knowledge of their own behavior and suggestions for eliminating passive-aggressiveness. Likewise, practicing psychotherapists will be exposed to relevant
exercises that can immediately incorporated in the clinical setting.
International Journal of Psychotherapy
The book offers effective methods for transforming passive-aggression into healthy assertiveness
to communicate in constructive ways through 8 keys. It features hands-on exercises that enable
readers to better understand their behavior.
See page 56 for Andrea Brandts Mindful Anger .
8 KEYS TO BRAIN-BODY BALANCE

ROBERT SCAER, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
Making the science accessible, Robert Scaer outlines the core neurobiological concepts underlying
the brainbody interface and explains how and why both physical and emotional symptoms of stress
and trauma occur. He also offers practical, easy-to-implement strategies for strengthening motor
skills, learning to listen to our gut to gauge our feelings, attuning to the present, and restoring personal boundaries to relieve symptoms and navigate a path to recovery.
Visit Robert Scaers Web site at: traumasoma.com.
See page 35 for Robert Scaer's The Trauma Spectrum.
8 KEYS TO PRACTICING MINDFULNESS

Practical Strategies for Emotional Health and Well-Being
MANUELA MISCHKE REEDS, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
Providing clear explanations of both practice and research-based aspects of this mental-healthenabling therapy . . . . this stands out as firmly anchored to clinical practice as well as being
illuminated by the helpful use of anecdotes that dont overwhelm the reader here for practical direction. Booklist
The 8 keys include: Meet the Present Moment; Start Where You Are; Slow Down; Befriend Your
Body; Trust Your Sensations, Trust Your Emotions; Ride Through Tough Times; Cultivate Inner Calm;
and Choose Abundance.
8 KEYS TO STRESS MANAGEMENT

ELIZABETH ANNE SCOTT, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
[A] holistic and thorough guide for a broad audience. . . . [Scotts] approach is collective and confident, a writing style that is ideal and even perhaps essential for readers experiencing issues with
stress management. International Journal of Psychotherapy
[W]ritten in an easy how-to format that provides excellent resources for the average person in
managing stress. . . . [A]lso an excellent tool for counselors in both individual and group counseling sessions. . . . [P]rovides excellent references and a useful index for researching specific topics.
. . . I highly recommend the book. Activities, Adaptation, and Aging
ISBN: 978-0-393-70809-7 2013 192 Pages Paperback $19.95
8 KEYS TO BUILDING YOUR BEST RELATIONSHIPS

DANIEL A. HUGHES, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
[A] self-help book useful not just for those who are having problems in their primary relationships
but who would like a better understanding of themselves or an up-to-date account of the usefulness of attachment theory written in a clear and authoritative manner. Psychologist (UK)
In this book, veteran therapist and specialist in attachment disorders Daniel Hughes demystifies the
research for the layman. By summarizing in short, easy-to-read keys the theory and brain science
that underpin our ability to form relationships, he skillfully reveals how we can become better friends,
spouses, siblings, and children. For anyone interested in how to develop meaningful new relationships, or how to deepen and enrich their current ones, this book will make sense of it all.
See pages 14, 23, 57, and 63 for more books by Daniel A. Hughes.
54
THE ROAD TO CALM WORKBOOK

Life-Changing Tools to Stop Runaway Emotions
CAROLYN DAITCH and LISSAH LORBERBAUM
Contents: Part I: Understanding Emotional Flooding 1. Understanding Your Emotional Life 2. How Emotional Flooding Hurts
3. Conflicts in Relationships Part II: The Road to Self-Regulation 4. The Daily Stress Inoculation 5. Learning the STOP Solution: S, T, and O . 6 Learning the STOP Solution: P 7. Identifying and Managing Common Emotional Stressors 8. Managing
Emotional Flooding in Relationships 9. Cementing Your Success
ISBN: 978-0-393-70841-7 2016 224 pages Paperback w/CD $24.95
THE 10 BEST ANXIETY BUSTERS

Simple Strategies to Take Control of Your Worry
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
Wehrenbergs tools are backed by neuropsychological researchand they can help not
just our clients, but ourselves. PsychCentral
SELF-HELP
Carolyn Daitch, author of the award-winning Affect Regulation Toolbox (page 58), makes her
expertise accessible to psychotherapy clients and anyone suffering from emotional overwhelm.
Written with psychotherapist Lissah Lorberbaum, this workbook is a ready-to-use guide to
regulating emotional flooding and finding calm in your daily life. It includes the STOP Solution
for calming emotional flooding, daily stress inoculations, guided imagery exercises, opportunities for journaling and reflection, mindfulness practices, and matching audio exercises on the
accompanying CD. A complimentary companion app also enhances readers ability to take these
exercises on the go.
In 10 simple techniques, this pocket-sized, anxiety-busting guide boils down the most effective
remedies to worry and anxiety, whether chronic or in-the-moment. From breathing exercises and
relaxation practices to thought-stopping techniques, worry containment, effective self-talk, and
strategies that put an end to catastrophizing once and for all, its your go-to guide when anxiety
levels begin to boil. Throw it in your carry-on, stow it in your briefcase, or keep it in your desk when
you need a quick reminder of some easy techniques that can turn your anxiety from overpowering to manageable in no time.
Contents: A Worried Mind, and Body Too: What Kind of Anxiety Do You Have? Anxiety Buster #1: Avoid CATS (Not the Furry
Ones) Anxiety Buster #2: Breathe Anxiety Buster #3: Use Mindfulness with Shifting Awareness Anxiety Buster #4: Just
Relax! No, Really, Just relax . . . Anxiety Buster #5: Dont Make Mountains Out of Molehills Anxiety Buster #6: Stop and Swap
Anxiety Buster #7: Contain Your Worry Anxiety Buster #8: Think Something Different, Do Something Different Anxiety
Buster #9: Control TMA (Too Much Activity) Anxiety Buster #10: Plan and Practice A Final Word: Quick Tips to Help You Handle
Common Stressful Situations
THE 10 BEST-EVER ANXIETY MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES

Understanding How Your Brain Makes You Anxious & What You Can Do to
Change It
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
THE 10 BEST-EVER ANXIETY MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES WORKBOOK

MARGARET WEHRENBERG
ISBN: 978-0-393-70743-4 2012 240 pages Paperback w/audio CD $19.95
THE 10 BEST-EVER DEPRESSION MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES

Understanding How Your Brain Makes You Depressed & What You Can Do to
Change It
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
See page 44 for full 10-Best Ever listings.
YOUR LIFE AFTER TRAUMA

Powerful Practices to Reclaim Your Identity
MICHELE ROSENTHAL
This book is fantastic . . . . I can say with certainty that [it] does live up to its promise and
more. Readers will gain an understanding of how trauma affects their identity through moving,
true-life stories. Psychology Today
In this book, Michele Rosenthal applies her personal experience and professional wisdom to offer
readers an invaluable roadmap to overcoming their own trauma, in particular the loss of sense of
self that often accompanies it. Filled with self-assessment questionnaires, exercises, tips, and
tools-not to mention insightful personal and professional vignettes-it takes readers through a
step-by-step process of healing.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70900-1 March 2015 272 pages Hardcover $24.95
55
MORNING MEDITATIONS
Daily Reflections to Awaken Your Power to Change
Expert Life Advice from Health and Wellness Professionals
SELF-HELP
Compiled by NORTON PROFESSIONAL BOOKS

Choose from over 150 reflections on themes ranging from relationships, change, self-awareness, and health, to problem solving, mindfulness, family, forgiveness, and more. The entries in
Morning Meditations are drawn from books by leading helping professionals and published by
Norton Professional Books. Thought-provoking questions for self-discovery follow each entry,
providing a source of enlightenment and contemplation throughout the day. The end of the
book offers a series of guided visualizations for readers wanting more direction and engagement with scripted exercises. This book is a perfect recommendation for clients seeking wisdom
and guidance outside the clinical hour.
TRANSFORMING NEGATIVE SELF-TALK

STEVE ANDREAS
[A] winner. I strongly recommend it! . . . I have used some of these exercises both
on myself and with clients and they worked well and quickly.
Milton H. Erickson Foundation Newsletter
Hearing critical or disapproving internal chatter is a common frustration. It can follow us
around daily, calling into question our self-confidence, making us anxious or obsessive, and generally wreaking havoc on our
sense of balance and well-being. In this user-friendly guide, an experienced clinician presents an array of original, take-charge
strategies to help you and your clients gain control of the downbeat voices and use them to your advantage.
Contents: 1. Changing Location 2. Changing Tempo & Tonality 3. Adding Music or a Song 4. Talking to Yourself Positively 5.
Adding a Voice 6. Auditory Perspective 7. Starting Your Day 8. Generalizations, Evaluations, Presuppositions, & Deletions 9.
Negative Messages & Positive Outcomes 10. Asking Questions 11. Transforming a Message
MORE TRANSFORMING NEGATIVE SELF-TALK

STEVE ANDREAS
[H]elpful viewpoints and exercises . . . serve to assist working through and even benefitting from negative internal voices. . . . [A] useful alternative and supplemental approach
to countering and reframing what is normally potentially difficult and damaging affect work. Somatic Psychotherapy Today
A follow-up to his first popular book of the same title, here Andreas digs deeper, showing how to actually engage a voice,
rather than simply change it.
Transforming Negative Self-Talk Two Book Set
ISBN: 978-0-393-71094-6 2014 Paperbacks $29.95
MINDFUL ANGER
A Pathway to Emotional Freedom
ANDREA BRANDT
This book urges readers to practice mindfulnessdeliberately allowing physical sensations and
emotions to surface so they can be examined and released. This sort of processing of angerfully
felt in the body as it happens, moved out through appropriate expression, and let gowill allow
readers to process anger before it becomes unhealthy.
ontents: 1. The Anatomy of Anger 2. The Key Role of Anger in Emotional Freedom 3. MindfulC
ness as a Strategy 4. Anger: How It Feels 5. Anger: Catching It in the Act 6. Anger: the Role of
Our Thoughts 7. Anger and Childhood Wounds 8. The Five Steps to Mindfully Releasing Your
Anger 9. Moving on to Forgiveness and Gratitude 10. Mindfulness and the Emotional Freedom
to Connect
See page 54 for Andrea Brandts 8 Keys to Eliminating Passive-Aggressiveness.
THE FAMILY GUIDE TO MENTAL HEALTH CARE

Advice on Helping Your Loved Ones
LLOYD I. SEDERER, MD, Foreword by GLENN CLOSE
If your practice or your advocacy efforts place you anywhere near people encountering
the mental health system for the first time, please have a look at this book. Piles of them
the books, not the patientsshould be sitting in the waiting area of every mental health
center and emergency department. Psychiatric Times
Families and friends are often the first to realize when someone they love has a problem, but
it is hard to know how to help or where to turn. What medications are helpful, and are some as
dangerous as I think? Is there a way to navigate privacy laws so I can discuss my adult daughters
treatment with her doctor? Is my teenager experiencing an illness or typical adolescent distress?
Filled with real-life scenarios and helpful checklists to bring to a doctors appointment, this comprehensive print resource offers
hope and a path forward to families struggling with mental illness.
56
PARENTING THE WHOLE

CHILD
A Holistic Child Psychiatrist
Offers Practical Wisdom
on Behavior, Brain Health,
Nutrition, Exercise, Family
Life, Peer Relationships,
School Life, Trauma,
Medication, and more
SCOTT M. SHANNON, MD
This book equips parents and
caregivers with a better way
to understand the mental health challenges their children
face, including how cutting-edge scientific concepts like epigenetics and neuroplasticity mean new hope for overcoming
them. Readers learn how the most common stressors in kids
are often at the root of behavioral and emotional issues, and
what steps can be taken to restore health and wholeness
without immediately turning to medication.
$22.95
Previously published as: Please Dont Label My Child: Break the
Doctor-Diagnosis-Drug Cycle and Discover Safe, Effective Choices for
Your Childs Emotional Health.
BRAIN-BASED PARENTING
The Neuroscience of Caregiving for Healthy
Attachment
DANIEL A. HUGHES and JONATHAN BAYLIN,
ISBN: 978-0-393-70728-1 2012 272 pages $28.95
YOUR CHILD IN THE BALANCE

Solving the Psychiatric Medicine Dilemma
KEVIN T. KALIKOW
The best resource Ive run across on the use of psychiatric medications in children and adolescents . . . sophisticated enough for clinicians but was written for parents;
encourage parents to read it . . . Clinical Psychiatry News
$21.95
NON-DRUG TREATMENTS FOR ADHD

New Options for Kids, Adults, and Clinicians
RICHARD P. BROWN and PATRICIA L. GERBARG
$28.95
HOW TO USE HERBS, NUTRIENTS & YOGA IN

MENTAL HEALTH
RICHARD P. BROWN, PATRICIA L. GERBARG, and
PHILIP R. MUSKIN
$24.95
ANGER ANTIDOTES
How Not to Lose Your S#&!
IAN BRENNAN
This book will change your life. . . . I strongly recommend it. The key anger- and frustration-management skills
conveyed here have allowed me to accomplish extremely powerful work with my clients. Bruce Turner, Program Director,
The Hills Treatment Center, Los Angeles, CA
$15.95
TAKING OUT YOUR MENTAL TRASH

A Consumers Guide to Cognitive Restructuring
Therapy
RIAN E. MCMULLIN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70487-7 2005 336 pages
Paperback $29.95
THE MEDICATION QUESTION

Weighing Your Mental Health Treatment Options
RONALD J. DIAMOND
$19.95
SEVEN STRATEGIES FOR POSITIVE AGING

ROBERT D. HILL
$19.95
USING HYPNOSIS WITH CHILDREN

Creating and Delivering Effective Interventions
LYNN LYONS, Foreword by MICHAEL D. YAPKO
abilities children innately possess, but that have been suppressed over time. Using hypnosis, a child
can mentally rehearse, physiologically change, cognitively shift, and emotionally regulate, allowing
them to prepare for future experiences, thus reducing their anxiety.
Contents: 1.Why use Hypnosis with Children? 2.Concrete Considerations: Responsiveness, Scripts,
and the Role of Development 3.The Initial Contact: Amplifying the Benefits of Hypnotic Communication Right From the Start 4.Know Where Youre Headed: Targets and Frames 5.Delivering the Session 6.Hypnosis and Anxiety: Stepping in, Moving Forward 7.Hypnosis and Depression: Opportunities for Prevention and Skill Building 8.Addressing the Physical: Pain, Illness, and Medical Procedures 9.Solving Sleep Problems
10.Parents as Allies 11. Spreading the Word, Hypnotically
MINDFULNESS AND HYPNOSIS
HYPNOSIS
Using Hypnosis with Children shows therapists how to tap into the undeveloped coping skills and
The Power of Suggestion to Transform Experience

MICHAEL D. YAPKO
With courage and creativity, Dr. Yapko explores the intersection of mindfulness and hypnosis and
finds many fresh insights and techniques that will benefit psychotherapists and anyone interested
in the inner world. Rick Hanson, PhD
Drawing from real-life case examples, Yapko investigates the role of focused attention in empowering clients to transform their sensory awareness and physiological and emotional states, as well
as their reactions to their life experiences. He lays out guidelines for bringing hypnotic suggestions
into therapy, and explains how guided mindfulness meditation and hypnosis provide a structured
means for extending key insights and skills across different contexts, ranging from relationships to
breathing to emotional self-regulation.
57
NEURO-HYPNOSIS
HYPNOSIS
Using Self-Hypnosis to Activate the Brain for Change

C. ALEXANDER SIMPKINS and ANNELLEN SIMPKINS
Deftly balancing theory and practice, Neuro-Hypnosis provides the tools you need to open
yourself to self-hypnosis, experience the vast potential of your mind, and activate your brain
for growth, development, and lasting change. For clinicians, the authors provide evidence and
practical considerations that therapists need to incorporate hypnosis into their practice.
AFFECT REGULATION TOOLBOX

Practical and Effective Hypnotic Interventions
for the Over-reactive Client
CAROLYN DAITCH
Winner, Arthur Shapiro Award for the

Best Hypnosis Book from the Society for
Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis
Carolyn Daitch has written an extraordinary book, one that will surely become a classic
in the fields of hypnosis and psychotherapy. Affect Regulation Toolbox is an essential reference book for all mental health professionals. The Milton H. Erickson Foundation Newsletter
Topics include: Confronting the Challenges of Over-Reactivity Psychophysiology of Emotional
Reactivity Identify the Start of an Over-Reaction and Respond Appropriately Focus Attention,
Calm, and Deepen Behavioral and Practice Session Rehearsal Application of Tools with Common
Anxiety Disorders; Severe Anxiety Disorders; Marital/Committed Relationship Therapy; and Parent/
Child, Sibling, Work and Friendship Relationships Roadblocks and Challenges Resources for Clinicians and Clients
HANDBOOK OF HYPNOTIC SUGGESTIONS AND METAPHORS

An Official Publication of the American Society of Clinical Hypnosis
D. CORYDON HAMMOND, Editor
[A] rare and wonderful book . . . . [A] new standard for training in clinical hypnosis.
American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis
Topics include: Formulating Hypnotic and Posthypnotic Suggestions Hypnosis in Pain Management Hypnoanesthesia and Preparation for Surgery Ego-Strengthening: Enhancing Esteem, Self-Efficacy, and Confidence Anxiety, Phobias, and Dental Disorders Hypnosis with
Cancer Patients Hypnosis with Medical Disorders Hypnosis with Emotional and Psychiatric
Disorders Hypnosis with Sexual Dysfunction and Relationship Problems Hypnosis with Obesity and Eating Disorders Smoking, Addictions, and Habit Disorders Concentration, Academic Performance, and Athletic Performance Hypnotic Suggestions with Children Time Reorientation: Age Regression, Age Progression, and Time Distortion
A GUIDE TO TRANCE LAND
MORE HYPNOTIC INDUCTIONS
A Practical Handbook of Ericksonian and SolutionOriented Hypnosis

BILL OHANLON
GEORGE GAFNER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70518-8 2006 160 pages $21.95

$17.00
GEORGE GAFNER, Foreword by STEPHEN LANKTON
SOLUTION-ORIENTED HYPNOSIS
An Ericksonian Approach
WILLIAM HUDSON OHANLON and MICHAEL MARTIN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70149-4 1992 192 pages $27.50
TAPROOTS
Underlying Principles of Milton Ericksons Therapy
and Hypnosis
WILLIAM HUDSON OHANLON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70031-2 1987 224 pages $23.95
THE PSYCHOBIOLOGY OF GENE EXPRESSION

Neuroscience and Neurogenesis in Hypnosis and
the Healing Arts
ERNEST L. ROSSI
ISBN: 978-0-393-70343-6 2002 560 pages $47.50
OF ONE MIND
The Logic of Hypnosis, The Practice of Therapy
DOUGLAS FLEMONS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70382-5 2001 288 pages $30.00
ISBN: 978-0-393-70444-0 2004 304 pages $30.00
HYPNOTIC TECHNIQUES
For Standard Psychotherapy and Formal Hypnosis
GEORGE GAFNER and SONJA BENSON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70399-3 2003 400 pages $40.00
HYPNOSIS AND SUGGESTION IN THE

TREATMENT OF PAIN
A Clinical Guide
JOSEPH BARBER and Contributors
ISBN: 978-0-393-70216-3 1996 432 pages $45.00
CONVERSATIONS ON THERAPY
Popular Problems and Uncommon Solutions
DAVID R. GROVE and JAY HALEY
ISBN: 978-0-393-70155-5 1993 224 pages $22.95
STORIES THAT HEAL

Reparenting Adult Children of Dysfunctional
Families Using Hypnotic Stories in Psychotherapy
LEE WALLAS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70106-7 1991 240 pages $22.95
HANDBOOK OF HYPNOTIC INDUCTIONS
STORIES FOR THE THIRD EAR
GEORGE GAFNER and SONJA BENSON
Using Hypnotic Fables in Psychotherapy
ISBN: 978-0-393-70324-5 2000 192 pages $30.00
58
CLINICAL APPLICATIONS OF HYPNOSIS
LEE WALLAS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70019-0 1985 192 pages POD
$22.95
FREDRIKE BANNINK
These guidebooks aim to help therapists working with clients who struggle with anxiety,
depression, or trauma by offering them solution-focused (SF) viewpoints and skills.
101 SOLUTION-FOCUSED QUESTIONS FOR HELP WITH ANXIETY

101 SOLUTION-FOCUSED QUESTIONS FOR HELP WITH

DEPRESSION
101 SOLUTION-FOCUSED QUESTIONS FOR HELP WITH TRAUMA

101 SOLUTION-FOCUSED QUESTIONS SERIES SET

ISBN: 978-0-393-71125-7 2015 Paperback $39.95
Each book contains 101 Solution-focused questions with chapters relating to: Positive Emotions;
Balancing Positive and Negative Emotions Solution-Focused Brief Therapy: Problem-Talk or
Solutions-Talk; Solution-Focused Questions; Four Basic SF Questions Therapeutic Approaches to
the Disorder: Traditional Approaches; The SF Approach Creating a Context for Change: The Therapeutic Alliance; Focusing on
Change; Acknowledgment and Validation; Normalizing and Reframing; Building Hope Describing the Preferred Future: Setting
a Well-Defined Goal; Future-Oriented Techniques; Using Different Perspectives; Assessing Motivation, Hope and Confidence
Finding Competence: Finding Strengths and Resources; Finding Exceptions; Scaling Questions Working on Progress; Follow-Up
Sessions; Assessing Progress; Homework Suggestions Concluding Therapy: Behavior Maintenance; Impasse and Failure; Celebrating Success Reflection and Feedback: Reflecting on the Session; Clients Feedback Focus on Well-Being: Clients Well-Being;
Relationships; Therapists Well-Being
THE THERAPISTS
TREASURE CHEST
Solution-Oriented Tips and
Tricks for Everyday Practice
FILIP CABY and ANDREA CABY
This is a book that you will
read, reread, and consult, not
only when you are stuck as to
what to do with a given client,
but also for its pragmatic and
common sense interventions. . . . Its not every day that
treasures are so easily obtained! The Milton H. Erickson
Foundation Newsletter
$26.00
A GUIDE TO TRANCE LAND

A Practical Handbook of
Ericksonian and SolutionOriented Hypnosis
BILL OHANLON
An inviting and reassuring guide
to the essentials of hypnosis,
this book eliminates the newcomers anxieties about how to
make the most of this clinical
tool.
Contents: Elements of Solution-Oriented Induction 1.
Permission 2. Presupposition 3. Splitting 4. Linking 5. Interspersal 6. Introduction to the Other Elements The Culture
and Territory of Trance Land 7. The Language of Trance
8. Everything You Always Wanted to Know About the Nature
of Hypnosis But Were Too Deeply in Trance to Ask 9. The
$64,000 Question: What Do You Do Once the Person Is in
Trance to Get the Clinical Result? 10. Inclusion as Intervention
11. The Hitchhikers Guide to Solution-Oriented Hypnosis 12.
Bad Trance/Good Trance 13. The Process of Ericksonian Hypnotherapy Envoi: Leaving Trance Land
$17.00
See pages 35, 38, 45, and 59 for more books by Bill
O'Hanlon.
IN SEARCH OF SOLUTIONS
A New Direction in
Psychotherapy
BILL OHANLON and MICHELE
WEINER-DAVIS
This
expanded
paperback
edition presents a classic statement on the concepts, methodologies, and goals of solutionoriented therapy. Recognized
leaders in the solution-oriented
movement,
OHanlon
and
Weiner-Davis provide guidelines
for clinicians in implementing solution-oriented language
and explain how to avoid dead ends. New material brings the
reader up-to-date on advances in this field since the books
original publication in 1989.
BRIEF & SOLUTION-FOCUSED THERAPIES
101 SOLUTION-FOCUSED QUESTIONS SERIES

$19.95
A GUIDE TO INCLUSIVE
THERAPY
26 Methods of Respectful, Resistance-Dissolving
Therapy
BILL OHANLON
In this engaging book, OHanlon introduces the three main
concepts of inclusive therapy: permission, inclusion of opposites, and inclusion of exceptions. Each of the 26 featured
methods is immediately applicable to your own practice.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70410-5 2003 160 pages
Paperback $14.00
CHANGE 101
A Practical Guide to Creating Change in Life or Therapy
BILL OHANLON
[T]his fascinating book teaches how to tap into the power of
one of our most essential, misunderstood, and often squandered
giftsour inborn capacity to know when, why, and how to make
positive changes in our own and others lives. Its true stories of
how constructive change takes place are not only inspiring, but
serve as templates for the personal and social transformation
the world needs now more than ever. Paul Pearsall, PhD, author of The Last Self-Help Book Youll Ever Need
$23.95
59
BRIEF & SOLUTION-FOCUSED THERAPIES
SOLUTION-ORIENTED THERAPY
CHILDRENS SOLUTION WORK
For Chronic and Severe Mental Illness
INSOO KIM BERG and THERESE STEINER
BILL OHANLON and TIM ROWAN
Full of examples and case studies, Childrens Solution Work

demonstrates creative techniques and strategies for working with children without relying exclusively on language or
conceptual thinking. The application of these techniques is
discussed in various contexts and situations, including ways of
adapting them to suit cases of children with uncommon needs.
Berg and Steiner also address questions typically raised by
clinicians about the use of SFBT with children. Childrens Solution Work is necessary reading for anyone who associates with
children and is concerned about their developmentclinicians,
social workers, teachers, daycare workers, and parents.
This book is one of the first guides to applying solutionoriented approaches to mental illnesses such as severe
depression, schizophrenia, and multiple personality disorder.
Clinicians will learn techniques that can be incorporated into
their practices in order to promote health, confidence, and a
sense of possibility in their patients.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70423-5 2003 192 pages

Paperback $19.95
A GUIDE TO POSSIBILITY LAND

Fifty-One Methods for Doing Brief,
Respectful Therapy
BILL OHANLON and SANDY BEADLE
TALES OF SOLUTIONS
Possibility therapy, originated by OHanlon, is about acknowledging and validating clients felt experience and ideas about
their lives while ensuring that possibilities for change are
discovered and amplified. The book outlines a humorous,
compassionate approach to action-oriented therapy. Each
method is defined, explained, and illustrated, all in a page or
two. By the end, the reader has a huge selection of strategies and an enlightening map of possibility land. This book
encourages both therapist and client to try new things and
experiment with what works for the client.
Berg and Dolans quick-read book reveals the significant

theoretical underpinnings and techniques of brief solutionfocused therapy . . . . These authors share emotional cases,
funny and sad, that capture the diversity of clients who have
benefited from BSFT. Journal of Family Psychotherapy
ISBN: 978-0-393-70297-2 1999 96 pages

Paperback $14.95
BUILDING SOLUTIONS IN CHILD PROTECTIVE

SERVICES
EVEN FROM A BROKEN WEB

Brief, Respectful Solution-Oriented Therapy for
Sexual Abuse and Trauma
BILL OHANLON and BOB BERTOLINO
A Collection of Hope-Inspiring Stories

INSOO KIM BERG and YVONNE DOLAN

POD $28.00
INSOO KIM BERG and SUSAN KELLY

The authors explain how to conceptualize, implement, and
sustain a hopeful and positive frame of mind in a daily practice
in the trenches, as well as how to communicate with the most
stubborn levels of management and administration.
The many stories that are used to illustrate points make the
book an easy read. The summaries at the end of each chapter
are excellent. The style is free of jargon and flows nicely.
Canadian Child and Adolescent Psychiatry Review

$37.50
ISBN: 978-0-393-70394-8 2002 192 pages

Paperback $19.95
STEVE DE SHAZER
STOP BLAMING, START LOVING
KEYS TO SOLUTION IN BRIEF THERAPY

$28.00
CLUES
A Solution-Oriented Approach to Improving Your

Relationship
BILL OHANLON and PAT HUDSON
Investigating Solutions in Brief Therapy
ISBN: 978-0-393-31461-8 1996 192 pages

Paperback $15.95

$23.95
REWRITING LOVE STORIES

Brief Marital Therapy
PATRICIA OHANLON HUDSON and WILLIAM HUDSON
OHANLON
ISBN: 978-0-393-31094-8 1994 192 pages
Paperback $13.95
A BRIEF GUIDE TO BRIEF THERAPY

BRIAN CADE and WILLIAM HUDSON O'HANLON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70143-2 1993 224 pages
Paperback $25.00
SHORT-TERM THERAPY FOR LONG-TERM CHANGE

MARION F. SOLOMON, ROBERT J. NEBORSKY, LEIGH
MCCULLOUGH, MICHAEL ALPERT, FRANCINE SHAPIRO,
and DAVID MALAN, Foreword by LEWIS L. JUDD
STEVE DE SHAZER
WORDS WERE ORIGINALLY MAGIC

STEVE DE SHAZER
POD $35.00
A PRIMER OF BRIEF PSYCHOTHERAPY

JOHN F. COOPER
POD $16.95
FISHING FOR BARRACUDA

Pragmatics of Brief Systemic Theory
JOEL S. BERGMAN
$19.95
SYMPTOM ANALYSIS

$28.00
A Method of Brief Therapy
RECREATING BRIEF THERAPY
ISBN: 978-0-393-70094-7 1990 173 pages

Hardcover $21.95
Preferences and Possibilities

JOHN L. WALTER and JANE E. PELLER
$32.00
60

$35.00
M. GERALD EDELSTIEN
THE SCIENCE OF TRUST
Gottmans Science of Trust reflects his lifelong devotion to helping others improve their
relationships . . . . [H]elpful content summaries provide easy access so that a busy practitioner or
client can quickly and selectively access Gottmans latest information as needed . . . . [A] noteworthy addition to any practitioners library. Journal of Couple & Relationship Therapy
Contents: 1. The Concept of Emotional Attunement: Our Theory 2. Emotional Attunement and
the Down-Regulating of Flooding 3. Emotional Attunement and the Story We Tell Ourselves About
Our Relationship 4. Emotional Attunement and Conflict 5. Emotional Attunement and Avoiding the
Mean Places 6. Emotional Attunement and Personality 7. Emotional Attunement and Changing Relationships: The Complain and Praise Study 8. Emotional Attunement and Gender 9. How to Help
Couples Create Emotional Attunement
ISBN: 978-0-393-70595-9 2011 498 pages $42.00
THE MARRIAGE CLINIC

A Scientifically Based
Marital Therapy
JOHN M. GOTTMAN
John Gottmans The Marriage
Clinic should be at the top of
your reading list . . . . This book
should be a well-used addition
to any therapists library. If it
isnt a classic already, it will be
very soon. As someone who has
been working with couples for
nearly 30 years, I have found Gottmans work to be refreshing,
invigorating, and renewing. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic
Based on John Gottmans much-heralded research on marital
success and failure, The Marriage Clinic presents a complete
marital therapy program. Readers will encounter a wide range
of succinct and useful assessment procedures, as well as a
highly specific, research-based, and modularized treatment
program.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70282-8 1999 480 pages $49.00
QUICKIES
The Handbook of Brief
Sex Therapy, Revised and
Expanded
SHELLEY GREEN and
DOUGLAS FLEMONS, Editors
Contents: Foreword, by Karl
Tomm Introduction 1. Come
Again? From Possibility Therapy
to Sex Therapy, Bill OHanlon 2.
Multicontextual Sex Therapy
with Lesbian Couples, Suzanne
Lasenza 3. Getting In the Mood (For a Change): Stage-Appropriate Clinical Work for Sexual Problems, Scott D. Miller,
Karen M. Donahey, and Mark A. Hubble 4. Shining Light on
Intimacy and Sexual Pleasure, Carol Hicks-Lankton 5. Premature Ejaculation of Sexual Addiction Diagnoses, Tracy Todd
6. Out of My Office and Into the Bedroom, Thorana S. Nelson
7. Unique Problems, Unique Resolutions: Brief Treatment of
Sexual Complaints, Monte Boble 8. Just Between Us: A Relational Approach to Sex Therapy, Douglas Flemons and Shelley
Green 9. Who Really Wants to Sleep With the Medical Model?
An Eclectic/Narrative Approach to Sex Therapy, Robert E.
Doan 10. How Do Therapists of Same-Sex Couples Do It?,
Janie K. Long and Ursula K. Pietsch 11. A Catalytic Approach to
Brief Sex Therapy, J. Scott Fraser and Andy Solovey 12. Dont
Get Too Bloody Optimistic: John Weakland at Work, Wendel
A. Ray and Barbara Anger-Diaz 13. Transforming Stories: A
Contextual Approach to Treating Sexual Offenders, William C.
Rambo 14. Re-Membering the Self: A Relational Approach to
Sexual Abuse Treatment, Martha Laughlin and Kate Warner
$24.95
THE MARRIAGE CLINIC

CASEBOOK
JULIE SCHWARTZ GOTTMAN,
Editor
This book bridges the gap between the powerful theory behind Gottman Method Couples
Therapy and the unique application of therapeutic principles to
real-life cases.
COUPLE THERAPY
Emotional Attunement for Couples

JOHN GOTTMAN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70413-6 2004

240 pages $32.00
See page 25 for John M. Gottman and Julie Schwartz
Gottmans 10 Principles for Doing Effective Couples
Therapy.
MARRYING WELL
The Clinicians Guide to Premarital Counseling
ELENA LESSER BRUUN and ANNE F. ZIFF
How to recognize key factors in individuals and couples that
predict long and happy marriages, and the most common issues presented by couples in premarital counseling and how
best to address them.
$27.50
See page 43 for Elena Lesser Bruuns Not On Speaking Terms.
EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE IN COUPLES

THERAPY
Advances from Neurobiology and the Science of
Intimate Relationships
BRENT J. ATKINSON
If you are an advanced marital and family therapy, clinical
social work, psychiatric nursing, psychology, or psychiatry
graduate student . . . a supervisor or faculty in a training
program for any of the above . . . or a private practitioner of
couples and family therapy, this book should be on your must
read list! Dont put it off! It is that good, and that important
to your work . . . Dont miss this opportunity! PsycCritiques
$37.95
IF ONLY I HAD KNOWN . . .

Avoiding Common Mistakes in Couples Therapy
GERALD R. WEEKS, MARK ODELL, and
SUSANNE METHVEN
[T]his book is one that every young therapist should read in
order to avoid problems that inevitably come up in practice.
The authors have crisply and evenly addressed common
problems that all therapists will see, or have seen . . . . offers an
easier path for those disposed to learn from someone elses
mistakes. The Milton H. Erickson Foundation Newsletter
ISBN: 978-0-393-70445-7 2005 256 pages
Paperback $19.95
See page 45 for Douglas Flemons Relational Suicide

Assessment and page 58 for Of One Mind.
61
COUPLE THERAPY
ACCEPTANCE AND
CHANGE IN COUPLE
THERAPY
A Therapists Guide to
Transforming Relationships
NEIL S. JACOBSON and
ANDREW CHRISTENSEN
Readers will find rich clinical
detail on how to develop a
formulation encompassing the
couples disparate conflict areas,
enhance intimacy through acceptance, build tolerance for
difference, and improve communication and problem solving.
$29.95
PRIVATE LIES
Infidelity and the Betrayal of Intimacy
FRANK PITTMAN
Using actual case studies, as well as examples from music,
literature, and film, Dr. Pittman identifies four basic patterns
of infidelitythe accidental encounter, habitual philandering,
marital arrangements, and romancediscussed how to limit
the damage that affairs do, and offers practical suggestions
on how to make a marriage work.
$18.95
CONSTRUCTING THE SEXUAL CRUCIBLE

An Integration of Sexual and Marital Therapy
DAVID M. SCHNARCH
The quantum model proposed here provides a systemic
framework of sexual functioning integrating biological and
emotional functioning, elucidating why bodies function
sexually and why sometimes they dont. Therapists who
take Schnarchs message to heart are likely to experience a
radical change in perspectivefrom a narrow focus on sexual
dysfunction to a broad view of sexual potential.
$49.00
TREATING INFIDELITY
Therapeutic Dilemmas and
Effective Strategies
GERALD R. WEEKS, NANCY
GAMBESCIA, and
ROBERT E. JENKINS
The core of this powerful but
flexible clinical approach is the
understanding that there are
various forms of intimacy (e.g.,
sexual, emotional, intellectual)
and significant variations in
what constitutes a breach of
intimacy. The experience and circumstances of infidelity are
unique to each couple. The authors demonstrate this necessary flexibility in their approach and convey how therapists
must place the personal experience of clients at the center of
treatment. This book provides a systematic and powerful way
for couples to repair and recover from an affair.
$32.00
HYPOACTIVE SEXUAL DESIRE

Integrating Sex and Couple Therapy
GERALD R. WEEKS and NANCY GAMBESCIA
$30.00
ERECTILE DYSFUNCTION
Integrating Couple Therapy, Sex Therapy, and
Medical Treatment
GERALD R. WEEKS and NANCY GAMBESCIA
62

$30.00
DOING COUPLE THERAPY

TOBY BOBES and BARBARA
ROTHMAN
This is exactly the book that
any learning therapist craves.
It is clear, well-ordered, realistic,
and full of useful information
and illustrative examples. . . .
David Unger, PhD, Former Coordinator, Continuing Education
Program, Antioch University
Southern California
$19.95
THE COUPLE IS TELLING

YOU WHAT YOU NEED TO
KNOW
Couple-Directed Therapy in
a Multicultural Context
TOBY BOBES AND NORMAN
S. BOBES
Effective couple therapy hinges
on tolerating and bridging such
differences, making culturally
sensitive therapeutic practice
essential to establishing trust,
building rapport, and reconnecting couples and families. Outlining the specific skills necessary
for inclusivity and citing numerous real-life case examples,
this book presents a solid framework for therapists seeking to
integrate theories of multiculturalism into their practices, empowering both therapist and client to work through complex
and often unjust cultural contexts.
$17.95
COUNTERTRANSFERENCE IN COUPLES
THERAPY
MARION F. SOLOMON and JUDITH P. SIEGEL, Editors
$40.00
NARCISSISM and INTIMACY

Love and Marriage in an Age of Confusion
MARION F. SOLOMON
POD $18.95
Originally published in hardcover as The Crowded Bed.
INFERTILITY & INVOLUNTARY CHILDLESSNESS

Helping Couples Cope
BETH COOPER-HILBERT
$30.00
EVALUATING COUPLES
A Handbook for Practitioners
MARK A. KARPEL
POD $40.00
WORKING WITH COUPLES IN CONFLICT

SUSAN M. HEITLER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70151-7 1992
2 audio cassettes 108 minutes $35.00
MINDFUL PARENTING
This book and the program it offers are a pioneering effort to bring mindfulness into the domain of
parenting and the mental health care of stressed families, for the benefit of both the children and
their parents. . . . Such a curriculum is long overdue. . . . it builds on other mindfulness-based clinical
approaches such as MBSR (mindfulness-based stress reduction) and MBCT (mindfulness-based
cognitive therapy) and broadens their reach to the complex realm of family interactions and the
particular challenges of parenting children with psychiatric diagnoses. Jon and Myla Kabat-Zinn
MINDFULNESS-BASED PLAY-FAMILY THERAPY

Theory and Practice
DOTTIE HIGGINS-KLEIN, Foreword by BONNIE BADENOCH
[A] gem of a book! Using a step-by-step approach, she walks readers through the world of play
and family therapy, utilizing a strength-based early attachment and developmental lens. Rich with
detailed session examples, resources, and an in-depth case study that helps to weave it all into
a practical guide, MBPFT is a must-have book for both beginners and seasoned clinicians.
Athena A. Drewes, PsyD, RPT-S, Director of Clinical Training at Astor Services for Children & Families
in New York; Founder and Past President of the New York Association for Play Therapy
FAMILY THERAPY
A Guide for Mental Health Professionals

SUSAN BGELS and KATHLEEN RESTIFO, Foreword by JON and MYLA KABAT-ZINN
ATTACHMENT-FOCUSED FAMILY THERAPY WORKBOOK

DANIEL A. HUGHES
I would highly recommend this book for all clinicians and trainees working with children
and youth. . . . [U]sing its principles has greatly enriched my psychotherapeutic armamentarium,
and it has enabled me to have breakthroughs with families in situations where I have previously been stuck and struggling. Journal of the Canadian Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry
A practical workbook companion to Attachment-Focused Family Therapythe bestselling text
that brought attachment into the realm of family therapythis book arms therapists with the
training exercises, core skills, and interventions to apply the AFFT treatment model effectively.
Hughes carefully outlines the ways in which therapists can facilitate the intersubjective communication between parent and childhow to incorporate affective-reflective dialogue, the core
process of AFFT; how to achieve PACE (playfulness, acceptance, curiosity, and empathy) in working with parents and their
children; how to teach parents to develop an attachment perspective; how to consider the sequential elements of AFFT and
put together a treatment program; how to repair relationship breaks; and much, much more. Sample dialogues, worksheets, and
question-and-answer scenarios demonstrate all the clinical strategies. An accompanying DVD demonstrates Hughes putting
these strategies to work in a therapy session, revealing the undeniable power of attachment-focused family therapy to create a
safe psychological space for families to repair attachment breaks and build the foundation for a healthier future.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70649-9 2011 256 pages Paperback w/DVD $29.95
See page 23 for Daniel A. Hughes Brain-Based Parenting and page 54 for 8 Keys to Building Your Best Relationships.
ATTACHMENT-FOCUSED FAMILY THERAPY

DANIEL A. HUGHES
[A] book that will change how family therapy is practiced . . . Whether you work with families,
or individuals young or not-so-young, your work will not be quite the same after reading this book. I
know mine wont. Diana Fosha, PhD, Director of the AEDP Institute in New York City
Contents: Introduction: Individuals, Families, and the Therapeutic RelationshipThe Interplay of Attachments Part I: Theory 1. Attachment and Intersubjectivity Part II: Application 2. Family Treatment:
An Overview 3. Developing Playfulness, Acceptance, Curiosity, and Empathy (PACE): The Central
Therapeutic Stance 4. Fostering Affective/Reflective Dialogue 5. Treatment Onset: Meetings with
Parents 6. Being with Children 7. Managing Shame 8. Breaks and Repair 9. Exploring and Resolving
Childhood Trauma Epilogue Appendix 1: Case Study 1, Shameful Traumas Appendix 2: Case
Study 2, Roberts Anger Appendix 3: Case Study 3, Safe Enough to Be a Mother
ATTACHMENT-FOCUSED PARENTING
Effective Strategies to Care for Children
DANIEL A. HUGHES
With fascinating theory, moving examples, and a wealth of practical interventions, Dan Hughes
provides parents with the wherewithal to develop their childs emotional intelligence and wellbeing on a long-term basis. Dr. Margot Sunderland, Director of Education and Training, The
Centre for Child Mental Health, London
A guide for all parents and a resource for all mental health clinicians and parent-educators, this
book presents the techniques and practices that are fundamental to optimal child development
and family functioninghow to set limits, provide guidance, and manage the responsibilities and
difficulties of daily life, while at the same time communicating safety, fun, joy, and love. Filled
with valuable clinical vignettes and sample dialogues, Hughes shows how attachment-focused
research can guide all those who care for children in their efforts to better raise them.
63
FAMILY THERAPY
FAMILY WELLNESS SKILLS
WORKING WITH AGING FAMILIES
Quick Assessment and Practical Interventions for

the Mental Health Professional
JOSEPH L. HERNANDEZ
Therapeutic Solutions for Caregivers, Spouses, &

Adult Children
In this book, Joseph Hernandez, a longtime Family Wellness

trainer and practitioner, provides mental health professionals
with a map to guide their clients from recognizing a need for
change to deciding to make a change, to achieving change itself.
$30.00
THE ATTACHMENT THERAPY COMPANION

Key Practices for Treating Children & Families
ARTHUR BECKER-WEIDMAN, LOIS EHRMANN,
DENISE H. LEBOW
Here, in a single, accessible guide, is a comprehensive, go-to
resource on the foundational principles and treatment guidelines for doing attachment therapy. Based on the work of the
Association for Treatment and Training in the Attachment of
Children (ATTACh), a leading organization on attachment in
child development, it supplies all the nuts and bolts a clinician needs to be familiar with to provide effective, informed,
attachment-based care to children and families.
$27.95
FAMILY EVALUATION
An Approach Based on the Bowen Theory
MICHAEL E. KERR and MURRAY BOWEN
Michael Kerr, who worked with Murray Bowen for many years,
and Bowen propose that the enormously complex task of
evaluating a clinical family can be an orderly task when it is
grounded in family systems theory. Using family diagrams as
graphic illustrations, as well as numerous short case examples,
Kerr methodically explains Bowens concepts: individuality and
togetherness, differentiation of self, chronic anxiety, triangles,
the nuclear family emotional system, and symptom development. A special bonus for the reader is Bowens epilogue on his
personal and professional odyssey of more than four decades,
from early work at the Menninger Foundation in the 1940s to
the Georgetown University Family Center in Washington.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70056-5 1988 384 pages $45.00
ALMOST GROWN
Launching Your Child from High School to College
PATRICIA PASICK
ISBN: 978-0-393-31710-7 1998 272 pages POD
$19.95
HOW TO TALK TO FAMILIES ABOUT CHILD AND

ADOLESCENT MENTAL ILLNESS
DIANE T. MARSH and MELISSA J. MARKS
KATHLEEN PIERCY
If you work with older adults and their families, this
text is essential reference material. Shirley S. Travis,
PhD, Dean and Professor, George Mason University
$27.95
FAMILIES THAT FLOURISH

Facilitating Resilience in Clinical Practice
DOROTHY S. BECVAR
ISBN: 978-0-393-70488-4 2007 256 pages $34.00
LIVING BEYOND LOSS, SECOND EDITION

Death in the Family
FROMA WALSH and MONICA McGOLDRICK, Editors
This is an important book. Major parts of it are a must
read for anyone interested in families dealing with dying and death. Omega/Journal of Death and Dying
Walsh and McGoldrick have fully revised and expanded their
landmark work on the impact of death on the family system.
Chapters address such topics as spirituality, gender issues,
suicide and other traumatic deaths, unacknowledged and
stigmatized losses, and resilience-based approaches to family and community recovery from major disaster.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70438-9 2004 448 pages
Paperback $29.95
WOMEN IN FAMILIES
A Framework for Family Therapy
MONICA McGOLDRICK, CAROL ANDERSON, and
FROMA WALSH, Editors
POD $27.95
RECREATING PARTNERSHIP
A Solution-Oriented, Collaborative Approach to
Couples Therapy
PHILLIP ZIEGLER and TOBEY HILLER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70349-8 2001 256 pages $32.00
RITUALS IN FAMILIES AND FAMILY THERAPY

Revised Edition
EVAN IMBER-BLACK, JANINE ROBERTS, and
RICHARD A. WHITING, Editors
Should be required reading for all therapists and pastoral counselors . . . . A highly recommended, easy read!
Pastoral Sciences

$21.95
This book builds on the rich case material of the first edition with
new chapters on such topics as rituals and bicultural couples,
illness and ritual, and rituals in the wake of September 11, 2001.
HOW TO TALK WITH FAMILY CAREGIVERS

ABOUT CANCER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70415-0 2003 420 pages

Paperback $27.50
RUTH BOLLETINO
$21.95
HOW TO TALK TO PARENTS ABOUT AUTISM

ROY Q. SANDERS
$21.95
HOW TO TALK WITH FAMILIES ABOUT

GENETICS AND PSYCHIATRIC ILLNESS
HOLLY PEAY and JEHANNINE AUSTIN
$24.95
TURNING POINTS
Treating Families in Transition and Crisis
FRANK S. PITTMAN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70040-4 1987 400 pages $39.95
CREATING COMPETENCE FROM CHAOS

A Comprehensive Guide to Home-Based Services
MARION LINDBLAD-GOLDBERG, MARTHA MORRISON
DORE, and LENORA STERN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70264-4 1998 384 pages $39.00
FAMILIES IN PERPETUAL CRISIS

RICHARD KAGAN and SHIRLEY SCHLOSBERG
ISBN: 978-0-393-70066-4 1989 224 pages POD
$27.50
64
NARRATIVE THERAPY IN WONDERLAND
NEW
Connecting with Childrens Imaginative Know-How
Contents: 1. Chasing Alice 2. The Plot Thickens3. Getting to Know the Person Ahead of the Problem 4. Meeting Problems in
Wonderland 5. The Litmus Test 6. The Therapists Imagination Lends Inspiration 7. The Relational Construction of Identity: Audience and Affiliation 8. A Figment of the Imagination 9. Imagination Lost . . . and Found 10. Grow Me Up-Grow Me Down 11.
Somebody Needs to Pay! A Young Mans Coming Of Age in a Culture of Male Domination & Entitlement 12. Making Progress
Towards Progress
ISBN: 978-0-393-70874-5 448 pages 2016 Hardcover $35.00
RETELLING THE STORIES OF OUR LIVES

Everyday Narrative Therapy to Draw Inspiration and Transform Experience
DAVID DENBOROUGH
In this beautifully written new book . . . a thorough and accessible teaching of narrative ideas is
accomplished. . . . . I have yet to read a text on narrative therapy that so effectively makes
itself accessible to both facilitators and service users. Consumers, new and seasoned therapists, and reading and learning groups should all find rich learnings. Narrative Therapy Centre of
Toronto e-newsletter
Presenting the tenets of narrative therapy for a general readership, David Denborough offers a
storytelling-based approach to recovering from trauma and pain. Written in collaboration with the
Dulwich Centre, the birthplace of narrative therapy, this book gives therapy clients and self-help
readers the means to transform their lives through storytelling and writing. Part 1 introduces the
key ideas of narrative practice like the Charter of Storytelling Rights and the concept of re-membering ones life, presenting
a wealth of clinical examples and exercises to demonstrate how these ideas have helped people overcome intense hardship.
Part 2 describes, in depth, the conceptual underpinnings of narrative therapy, outlining practical strategies for reclaiming and
celebrating ones experience in the face of trauma, personal failure, grief, and aging.
NARRATIVE & STRATEGIC THERAPIES
DAVID MARSTEN, DAVID EPSTON, and LAURIE MARKHAM

This is a guide to recognizing and connecting with the power of childrens voices and imagination
in narrative therapy. Some adult-centric social, cultural, and psychiatric/therapeutic perspectives
treat children as vulnerable or helpless. This book offers an alternative approach: By providing
imagination-focused approaches to therapeutic terms and concepts, therapists are able to connect
with their young clients robust imaginations in the healing process. Narrative therapy experts David Marsten, David Epston, and Laurie Markham provide reads with proven methods to help children
draw on the potential of their own wonderment, be the protagonists in their own stories, open new
paths to healing and growth.
NARRATIVE PRACTICE
Continuing The Conversations
MICHAEL WHITE
One of the founders of narrative therapy, Michael White (1948-2008) made significant contributions to psychotherapy and family therapy. This book expands upon the work he so brilliantly began
decades ago by gathering never-before-published papers, interviews, and paragraphs of thoughts.
Contents: Editors note by David Denborough Preface by Jill Freedman Introduction by David
Epston Part I: General Therapeutic Considerations 1. Bringing The World into Therapy and Subverting the Operations of Modern Power 2. Turning Points and the Significance of Personal and Community Ethics 3. Power, Psychotherapy, and New Possibilities for Dissent 4. Countertransference
and Rich Story Development 5. The Resistances and Therapist Responsibility Part II: Special Topics
in Therapy 6. On Anorexia. An Interview with Michael White 7. The Responsibilities: Working with Men Who Have Perpetrated Violence 8. Externalizing and Responsibility 9. Revaluation and Resonance: Narrative Responses to Traumatic Experience 10. Engagements with Suicide 11. Couples Therapy: Entering Couples into an Adventure Epilogue: Continuing Conversations by Cheryl White
MAPS OF NARRATIVE PRACTICE

MICHAEL WHITE
Maps of Narrative Practice provides practical and accessible accounts of the major areas of narrative
practice that White has developed and taught over the years, so that readers may feel confident
when utilizing this approach in their practices. The book covers each of the five main areas of narrative practice-reauthoring conversations, remembering conversations, scaffolding conversations,
definitional ceremony, externalizing conversations, and rite of passage maps-to provide readers
with an explanation of the practical implications of these conversations for therapeutic growth. The
book is filled with transcripts and commentary, skills training exercises for the reader, and charts
that outline the conversations in diagrammatic form.
NARRATIVE MEANS TO THERAPEUTIC ENDS

MICHAEL WHITE and DAVID EPSTON
The best workshops are those where clinicians can show you new and creative ways of working
with clients and also tell you how they have come up with those ideas . . . . Reading this book is like
having such a workshop in your living room.
Journal of Marital and Family Therapy
ISBN: 978-0-393-70098-5 1990 240 pages $32.00
65
NARRATIVE & STRATEGIC THERAPIES
INNOVATIONS IN
NARRATIVE THERAPY
Connecting Practice,
Training, and Research
JIM DUVALL and
LAURA BRES
This is thefirst book to present
a compelling evidence base for
narrative therapy. For readers
with little previous knowledge
on narrative therapy, the authorsoffer a thorough explanation of its concepts and practices. For advanced practitioners,
they build on foundational theories and present new therapeutic protocols which translate into clear, usable practices.
$35.00
PLAYFUL APPROACHES
TO SERIOUS PROBLEMS
Narrative Therapy
with Children and Their
Families
JENNIFER FREEMAN,
DAVID EPSTON, and
DEAN LOBOVITZ
The stories of the children
tackling their various problems
offer a refreshing view into the
mind of the children involved
as well as the thoughts of the
family. The solutions to these problems were also a breath
of fresh air with a lack of psychobabble and terms that made
the book an easy enough read for parents to tackle . . .
Canadian Child and Adolescent Psychiatry Review
This book describes a basic theory of collaborative narrative
play that respects childrens unique language, problemsolving resources, and views of the world. Compelling case
examples draw the reader into the book from the first pages.
Therapists, parents, teachers, or anyone helping children and
families will find this book illuminating.
JILL FREEDMAN and GENE

COMBS
Freedman and Combs have incorporated the feedback of the
people they worked with into
their practice and theory. This
is not only a theory-informing
practice but more critically also a
practice-informing-theory book
. . . . Overall, the text is stimulating, thought-provoking,
and a joy to read. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy
ISBN: 978-0-393-70207-1 1996 320 pages $39.00
SYMBOL, STORY, CEREMONY

Using Metaphor in Individual and Family Therapy
GENE COMBS and JILL FREEDMAN
POD $21.95
BREAD & SPIRIT

Therapy with the New Poor: Diversity of Race,
Culture, and Values
HARRY J. APONTE
ISBN: 978-0-393-70176-0 1994 256 pages POD
$30.00
THE SITUATION IS HOPELESS BUT NOT SERIOUS

PAUL WATZLAWICK
$15.95
THE LANGUAGE OF CHANGE

Elements of Therapeutic Communication
PAUL WATZLAWICK
POD $18.95
ISBN: 978-0-393-70229-3 1997 352 pages $35.00
ULTRA-SOLUTIONS
BITING THE HAND THAT STARVES YOU
How to Fail Most Successfully

PAUL WATZLAWICK
Inspiring Resistance to Anorexia/Bulimia

RICHARD MAISEL, DAVID EPSTON, and ALISA BORDEN
[A]n impressive and useful book . . . . Like all truly useful
innovation, the ideas in this book quickly become part of
ones therapeutic arsenal. This is an excellent book for
medical students, residents, senior faculty, and, in part
or whole, our patients and their families. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry
ISBN: 978-0-393-70337-5 2004 320 pages $37.50
DOING CONTEXTUAL THERAPY

An Integrated Model for Working with Individuals,
Couples, and Families
PETER GOLDENTHAL
ISBN: 978-0-393-70208-8 1996 272 pages $29.00
REHEARSALS FOR GROWTH

Theater Improvisation for Psychotherapists
DANIEL J. WIENER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70187-6 1994 288 pages POD
$32.00
UNCOVERING SHAME
JAMES M. HARPER and MARGARET H. HOOPES
ISBN: 978-0-393-70100-5 1990 416 pages $34.95
66
NARRATIVE THERAPY
The Social Construction of
Preferred Realities
ISBN: 978-0-393-33376-3 1988 112 pages Prbk POD

$15.95
THE REFLECTING TEAM

Dialogues and Dialogues About the Dialogues
TOM ANDERSEN, with contributions by
ARLENE KATZ, WILLIAM D. LAX, JUDITH DAVIDSON,
and DARIO LUSSARDI
ISBN: 978-0-393-70120-3 1991 208 pages POD
$29.95
MELLISA DORMOY
Guided imagery has been shown to alleviate a host of common emotional issues in kids, from anxiety
and insecurity to stress, anger, and the effects of bullying. Easier to practice than meditation or hypnosis, it allows kids to quickly focus, integrate their thoughts, emotions, and feelings, and practice
self-compassion, all without the need for extraordinary discipline or time investment. This short,
practical book lays out all the guidelines for using guided imagery in therapy, counseling, and any
type of helping work with children. It provides dozens of detailed guided imagery scripts that can
immediately be put to use to address a variety of particular emotional challenges.
NUTRITION ESSENTIALS FOR MENTAL HEALTH

A Complete Guide to the Food-Mood Connection
LESLIE KORN, Foreword by JAMES LAKE, MD
I highly recommend this book to any professional or clinician working in the mental health field.
With years of clinical experience supported by decades of evidence-based research, Leslie Korn
enables clinicians to help their patients understand the underlying biological processes driving
their mood and behavior and make the necessary changes to restore balance. James M. Greenblatt, MD, Integrative Psychiatrist, Editor of Integrative Therapies for Depression
In Nutrition Essentials for Mental Health, Leslie Korn provides a practical guide to the complex
relationship between what we eat and the way we think, feel, and interact with the world. The
book also includes ideas for practical, affordable, and individualized diets, along with optimal cooking methods and recipes.
Contents: 1. Why Does Nutrition Matter in Mental Health? 2. The Second Brain: Trust Your Gut 3. Listening to Your Clients About
Their Diet and Health: Assessment Techniques 4. Common Diagnoses and Typical Nutritional Culprits 5. Food Allergies, Sensitivities, and Special Diets 6. The Kitchen is Your Pharmacy 7. Best Vitamins, Minerals, Amino Acids, Glandulars, and Special Nutrients
for Mental Health 8. Medication: Side Effects and Withdrawal 9. Making Recommendations for Success
HAKOMI MINDFULNESS-CENTERED SOMATIC PSYCHOTHERAPY

A Comprehensive Guide to Theory and Practice
HALKO WEISS, GREGORY JOHANSON, and LORENA MONDA, Editors
This book is comprehensive in every way, and deserves to be read by anyone seriously
interested in psychotherapy and its many, wonderful expressions. Christopher Germer,
PhD, Clinical Instructor, Harvard Medical School; Author, The Mindful Path to Self-Compassion
This book is the authoritative text on the history, theory, and methods of Hakomi therapy today.
The authors detail Hakomis unique integration of body psychotherapy, mindfulness, and the
Eastern philosophical principle of non-violence, grounding leading-edge therapeutic technique in
an attentiveness to the whole person and their capacity for transformation.
INTEGRATIVE & COMPLEMENTARY THERAPIES
GUIDED IMAGERY WORK WITH KIDS

Essential Practices to Help Them Manage Stress, Reduce Anxiety, & Build Self-Esteem
Contributors include: Richard C. Schwartz, Maci Daye, Rob Fisher, Halko Weiss, Ron Kurtz, Marilyn Morgan, Greg Johanson, T. Flink
Sparks, Anne Fischer, Jon Eisman, Julie Murphy, John Perrin, Carol Ladas Gaskin, David Cole, Cedar Barstow, Donna Martin, Shai
Lavie, Jaci Hull, Manuela Mischke Reeds, Maya Shaw Gale, Lorena Monda, Uta Gnter, Karen A. Baikie, Phil Del Prince
TRAUMA-SENSITIVE YOGA IN THERAPY

Bringing the Body into Treatment
DAVID EMERSON, Foreword by JENNIFER WEST
Based on research studies conducted at the renowned Trauma Center in Brookline, Massachusetts, this book presents the successful intervention known as Trauma-Sensitive Yoga (TSY), an
evidence-based program for traumatized clients that helps them to reconnect to their bodies in
a safe, deliberate way. Unlike traditional, mat-based yoga, TSY can be practiced without one, in a
therapists chair or on a couch. With over 30 photographs depicting the suggested yoga forms and
a final chapter that presents a portfolio of step-by-step yoga practices to use with your clients, this
practical book makes yoga therapy for trauma survivors accessible to all clinicians.
YOGA SKILLS FOR THERAPISTS

Effective Practices for Mood Management
AMY WEINTRAUB
The value of this book is in its range: from Patanjalis Yoga Sutra to current scientific
research, relevant psychology writings, and actual case studies, everything a therapist
needs is right here. Yoga International
Weintraub presents a compendium of guided breathing exercises, meditations, self-inquiry
practices, relaxation exercises, and simple postural adjustments that can readily accompany and
complement psychotherapy-no mat or difficult postures required. Therapists learn exactly how
to introduce these simple practices into a session, all within the comfort of their therapy room, no
prior yoga training or experience necessary. With over 50 photographs that clearly illustrate the
practices and gestures, detailed, step-by-step instructions, and scripts for guided relaxation and meditations, This book is a
practical, hands-on guide that teaches the power of basic yoga techniques to bring great self-awareness, balance, and lasting
well-being to you and your clients.
67
YOGA THERAPY FOR CHILDREN WITH AUTISM AND SPECIAL NEEDS

LOUISE GOLDBERG
This book will absolutely be among the seminal texts for relatively experienced and competent yoga therapists beginning to practice in this field. . . . [T]imely, empirically sound,
and very much needed. Yoga Therapy Today
Featuring 60 illustrated poses and 65 yoga lessons, including songs and games, child-friendly
instructions are provided for posture, breathing, and mindfulness exercises. All poses and routines
include suggested adaptations and precautions for use, and are organized to address specific sensory
skills. Current research on the benefits of yoga for health and learning are summarized, and readers
learn, through yoga practice, how the brains response to stress can be effectively mitigated.
Contents: Overview: Before You Begin Yoga Therapy 1. Yoga and Yoga Therapy 2. Assessment Process 3. Special Needs 4.
Benefits of Yoga Therapy for Children With Special Needs 5. Ten Golden Rules Part 1 Rationale: the Brain, Learning, and
Relaxation 6. Stress and the Brain 7. Benefits of Exercise 8. Yoga for Stress Relief 9. the Process of Relaxation Part II Process: Principles of Creative Relaxation 10. Create a Sacred Space 11. Engage the Child 12. Provide Tools for Success 13.
Develop Opportunities for Independence Part III Application: Postures, Lessons, and Activities 14. Guidelines for Instruction 15. Catalog of Postures 16. Yoga Therapy for Classrooms and Schools 17. Curriculum for Yoga Therapy: Challenges and
Capabilities 18. Postures and Lessons for Specific Benefits 19. Breathing Lessons 20. Chants, Songs, and Games
ISBN: 978-0-393-70785-4 2013 240 pages, and 60 photos Hardcover $24.95
SOLUTION-ORIENTED SPIRITUALITY
Connection, Wholeness, and Possibility for Therapist and Client
BILL OHANLON
[E]specially useful for clinicians who want to address spirituality but are afraid to offend, or who have
a spiritual or religious client but are unsure how to integrate their faith into the work. PsychCentral
Best-selling author Bill OHanlon offers a pioneering foray into the uses and pitfalls of spiritualities-both secular and religious-in a therapeutic setting. Spirituality is defined by its three integral
components: a feeling of connection to something beyond oneself, a capacity for compassion or
feeling with, and a sense of responsibility to make a contribution to others and to the world.
Previous edition published in hardcover as Pathways to Spirituality.
INTEGRATIVE MENTAL HEALTH CARE

A Therapists Handbook
JAMES LAKE, MD
Contents: Part I: Foundations 1. The Context of Integrative Mental Health Care 2. Evaluating a Client
from an Integrative Perspective 3. Recommending Treatment and Making Referrals Part II: Clinical
Problem Solving 4. Moderate and Severe Depressed Mood 5. Cyclic Mood Swings and Mania 6. Generalized Anxiety, Panic Attacks, and Obsessions and Compulsions 7. Hyperactivity and Distractibility
8. Psychotic Symptoms and Schizophrenia 9. Mild Cognitive Impairment and Dementia 10. Alcohol
and Substance Abuse 11. Insomnia and Daytime Sleepiness Appendix A: Suggested Reading
Appendix B: Web Resources References
NON-DRUG TREATMENTS FOR ADHD

New Options for Kids, Adults, and Clinicians
RICHARD P. BROWN and PATRICIA L. GERBARG
2013 Nautilus Gold Award winner in

Health / Healing / Wellness / Prevention / Vitality
The prolific use of stimulants to treat ADD/ADHD is a controversial topic in therapy. This handbookfor practitioners and parents alike-guides readers through an array of safe and effective alternatives:
herbs, vitamins, nutrients, nootropics, neurotherapy, meditation, and more. Experts in complementary and integrative approaches to mental health and well-being, Gerbarg and Brown walk readers
through all the options, explaining how they work, what the side effects are, and how to devise a
comprehensive treatment program that draws on several of them in combination. Treating ADD in
combination with other diagnoses, like learning and mood disorders, is also addressed. Filled with
case vignettes and interviews with leaders in alternative therapy fields (such as Ayurvedic therapies
and yoga), this accessible, practical guide is one parents and clinicians wont want to be without.
HOW TO USE HERBS, NUTRIENTS & YOGA IN MENTAL HEALTH

RICHARD P. BROWN, PATRICIA L. GERBARG, and PHILIP R. MUSKIN
Brown, Gerbarg, and Muskin have distilled an otherwise daunting field of treatment down to its
basics: their overriding approach is to present the complementary and alternative medicine (CAM)
methods that are most practical in a clinical setting, easy to administer, and low in side effects.
With helpful summary tables at the end of each chapter, clinical pearls, and case vignettes interspersed throughout, this is a must-have resource for all clinicians and consumers who want the
best that alternative medicine has to offer.
Contents: 1. Basic Principles of Integrative Mental Health Care 2. Mood Disorders 3. Anxiety Disorders 4. Disorgers of Cognition and Memory 5. Attention-Deficit Disorder and Learning Disabilities 6.
Sexual Enhancement and Other Life Stage Issues 7. Schizophrenia and Other Psychotic Disorders 8.
Medical Illnesses 9. Substance Abuse 10. CAM to Counteract Medication Side Effects Appendix A:
Guide to Quality Products Appendix B: Useful Resources for Integrative Mental Health Care Appendix C: Glossary of Medications
68
PETER B. BONGIORNO
Bongiorno lays out the basic principles of holistic care, the most salient CAM research to date
as well as its safety concerns, and steps to take to determine if its appropriate to introduce a
CAM modality to your clients treatment. He also explains when holistic approaches may not be
appropriate. Readers are taught how to assess lifestyle and physiological factors that can contribute to a clients anxiety and depression, such as sleep, diet, caffeine intake, and exercise, as
well as the most effective vitamins, minerals, botanicals, and mind-body therapies for anxiety and
depression-from amino acids to zinc, acupuncture to Qi gong, and everything in between. With
instructive graphics and loads of case vignettes, this resource if your go-to guide for understanding the complementary and alternative options for two of therapys most ubiquitous problems.
MORNING MEDITATIONS
Daily Reflections to Awaken Your Power to Change Expert Life Advice from
Health and Wellness Professionals
Compiled by NORTON PROFESSIONAL BOOKS
The brilliance, beauty, and bounty of this book caught me off guard. . . . [I]t is written with
such elegance that it encourages you to want to read the next meditation and the next-all
day long. It is chock full of experiences, inviting you to grow with facts, images, and truths-all
offered in a poetic way, so that you are stimulated by the concise wisdom born from shared life
experiences. The Milton H. Erickson Foundation Newsletter
See page 56 for more information.
SACRED THERAPIES
The Kundalini Yoga Meditation Handbook for Mental Health
DAVID SHANNAHOFF-KHALSA
This handbook presents Kundalini yoga protocols that cover all of the major and common
psychiatric disorders. In addition, critical definitions, diagnostic criteria, diagnostic features,
and associated features and disorders are included to give a clearer and more in-depth
perspective on each disorder. These protocols will not only help clinicians prescribe at-home
strategies for self-healing and relief, but will give those suffering from each disorder insight
into their own symptoms and tools for managing them independently.
Contents: 1. A Brief Introduction to Kundalini Yoga Meditation 2. Treating Anxiety and Generalized Anxiety Disorder 3. Treating
ObsessiveCompulsive Disorder and ObsessiveCompulsive Spectrum Disorders 4. Treating Phobias 5. Treating Panic Attacks
and Panic Disorders 6. Treating Acute Stress Disorder 7. Treating Posttraumatic Stress Disorder 8. Treating the Abused and Battered Psyche 9. Treating the Major Depressive Disorders 10. Treating Grief 11. Treating the Bipolar Disorders 12. Treating the Addictive, Impulse Control, and Eating Disorders 13. Treating Insomnia and Other Sleep Disorders 14. Treating Chronic Fatigue Syndrome 15. Treating Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity and Comorbid Disorders 16. Treating Dyslexia and Other Learning Disorders
17. Treating Schizophrenia and the Psychoses 18. Treating the Personality Disorders 19. Treating Autism and Aspergers Disorder
HOLISTIC SOLUTIONS FOR ANXIETY & DEPRESSION IN THERAPY

Combining Natural Remedies with Conventional Care
KUNDALINI YOGA MEDITATION FOR COMPLEX PSYCHIATRIC DISORDERS

Techniques Specific for Treating the Psychoses, Personality, and Pervasive
Development Disorders
DAVID S. SHANNAHOFF-KHALSA
This comprehensive resource explains the yogic approach to treating psychiatric disorders that
are not covered in Shannahoff-Khalsas first book, Kundalini Yoga Meditation.
Contents: Introduction: A Discussion of the Current Needs for Advancing Treatment and the Potential for the Therapeutic Application of Yogic Medicine for Complex and Multimorbid Psychiatric Disorders 1. Treating Schizophrenia and Other Psychotic Disorders 2. Treating the Personality Disorders
(Paranoid, Schizoid, Schizotypal, Histrionic, Narcissistic, Antisocial, Borderline, Avoidant, Dependent,
and Obsessive-Compulsive Personality Disorders) 3. Treating the Pervasive Developmental Disorders (Autistic Disorder, Aspergers Disorder, and PDD-NOS) 4. Treating Multimorbidity in Psychiatric Disorders 5. Epilogue: On the
Future for the Treatment and Prevention of Psychiatric Disorders
KUNDALINI YOGA MEDITATION

Techniques Specific for Psychiatric Disorders, Couples Therapy, and Personal Growth
DAVID SHANNAHOFF-KHALSA
[O]ffers a well-described and carefully researched alternative technique for the open-minded
professional and client who have personal involvement in yoga. We recommend this book as a
welcome addition to the literature. The Milton H. Erickson Foundation Newsletter
[A]s an introduction to the use of Kundalini yoga techniques, and in particular to their potential
in the treatment of psychiatric disorders by a teacher and therapist of longstanding experience,
it presents an intriguing study to anyone interested in the field of mental health care.
Biodynamic Massage
69
GETTING STARTED WITH NEUROFEEDBACK

JOHN N. DEMOS
I highly recommend Getting Started with Neurofeedback as a basic and comprehensive text for
students entering the field of neurofeedback, and as a basic reference for those already in practice. Journal of Neurotherapy
[P]rovides lucid explanations of the mechanisms underlying neurofeedback as well as the research history that led to its implementation. Perhaps most impressive are the images of brain
function that depict EEG characteristics of common psychological disorders . . . . By making the
basics of neurofeedback accessible in one well-written volume, he has provided an invaluable service to psychologists and clients alike. PsycCRITIQUES
BODY-MIND PSYCHOTHERAPY
EVOLVING THOUGHT FIELD THERAPY
Principles, Techniques, and Practical Applications

SUSAN APOSHYAN
The Clinicians Handbook of Diagnoses, Treatment,

and Theory
JOHN H. DIEPOLD, JR., VICTORIA BRITT, and
SHEILA S. BENDER
Body-Mind Psychotherapy (BMP) takes the basic tools of

mind-body integration and joins them with an awareness of
emotional development. Working with techniques such as
body awareness, touch, breath, and movement, BMP reintroduces the body and its innate wisdom to the theory and
practice of psychotherapy.
$33.00
MEDITATION FOR THERAPISTS AND THEIR CLIENTS

C. ALEXANDER SIMPKINS and ANNELLEN M. SIMPKINS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70565-2 2009 304 pages $24.95
THE PSYCHOBIOLOGY OF MIND-BODY HEALING

New Concepts of Therapeutic Hypnosis,
Revised Edition
ERNEST LAWRENCE ROSSI
ISBN: 978-0-393-70168-5 1993 384 pages $39.00
MIND-BODY THERAPY
Methods of Ideodynamic Healing
ERNEST L. ROSSI and DAVID B. CHEEK
CHILDREN & ADOLESCENTS
ISBN: 978-0-393-31247-8 1994 544 pages POD

$28.95
ISBN: 978-0-393-70405-1 2004 400 pages $37.50
ENERGY PSYCHOLOGY AND EMDR

Combining Forces for Increased Treatment Efficacy
JOHN G. HARTUNG and MICHAEL D. GALVIN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70378-8 2002 336 pages $40.00
ENERGY PSYCHOLOGY IN PSYCHOTHERAPY

A Comprehensive Source Book
FRED P. GALLO, Editor
ISBN: 978-0-393-70346-7 2002 544 pages $65.00
CREATIVE ENERGIES
Integrative Energy Psychotherapy for SelfExpression and Healing
DOROTHEA HOVER-KRAMER,
Forewords by FRED GALLO and DAVID GRODERMEYER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70384-9 2002 288 pages $32.00
ENERGY DIAGNOSTIC AND TREATMENT METHODS

FRED P. GALLO
ISBN: 978-0-393-70312-2 2000 240 pages $35.00
THE TEACHERS GUIDE TO STUDENT MENTAL HEALTH

WILLIAM DIKEL
From anxiety and depression to ADHD, autism spectrum disorders, behavior disorders, substance
use disorders, and psychoses, this practical book provides essential information on how mental
health disorders are diagnosed and treated, how they tend to manifest at school, and how they affect students emotions, behaviors, and ability to learn.
ritten by a board-certified child and adolescent psychiatrist, who serves as a consultant to school
W
districts nationwide, this book is not only for teachers buttheschool mental health staff (psychologists, social workers, counselors, and nurses) andstudent families working as a team to best meet
the students needs. The book also profiles successful programs, provided both by school districts
and in collaboration with community mental health professionals, including Response to Intervention (RTI), Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS), social-emotional learning, and
school-linked mental health services.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70864-6 2014 320 pages Hardback $32.00
CHILD & ADOLESCENT MENTAL HEALTH

A Practical, All-in-One Guide
JESS P. SHATKIN, MD, Foreword by HARVEY KARP, MD
This book is extraordinary . . . Dr. Jess Shatkin has written a book that should be read and mastered by anyone who wishes to provide state-of-the-art mental health care for children, adolescents, and families. Harold S. Koplewicz, MD, Founding President of the Child Mind Institute
Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Prevention 3. Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder 4. Disruptive Behavior Disorders 5. Learning Disorders 6. Communication Disorders 7. Intellectual Disability 8. Autism
Spectrum Disorders 9. Tourettes and Tic Disorders 10. Anxiety Disorders 11. Trauma 12. Depression
13. Bipolar Disorder 14. Suicide and Self-Injurious Behavior 15. Schizophrenia and Psychosis 16. Substance Use Disorders 17. Eating Disorders 18. Sleep Disorders
ISBN: 978-0-393-71060-1 Publishing June 2015 416 pages Paperback $28.95
Previous edition published in hardcover as Treating Child & Adolescent Mental Illness: A Practical All-in-One Guide.
70
SENSORY PROCESSING
CHALLENGES
Moving Young Clients from

Disease & Disorder to
Balance & Wellness
SCOTT M. SHANNON, MD
Effective Clinical Work with

Kids & Teens
LINDSEY BIEL
Grounded in an integrative
approach, Shannon shows clinicians how to achieve a broad,
full-spectrum understanding of
a childs life, from their diet and
social skills to their sleep habits,
stress level, family dynamics, and more. From here, he offers
step-by-step assessment strategies and treatment plans for
a host of common childhood mental health issues, emphasizing a range of cognitive, behavioral, nutritional, and parenting
interventions.
Contents: Introduction: Two TalesPart I: Philosophy &
Practice 1. the Nature of Health and Healing 2. the Seven
Building Blocks of Wholeness3. Barriers to Wholeness4.
the Potential of the Child 5. the Role of the Therapist 6. Assessment Is Key 7. Common Presenting Issues 8. Facets of
a Treatment Plan Part II: Disease & Disorder Protocols9.
ADHD 10. Depression 11. Behavioral Issues 12. Anxiety and
OCD13. Bipolar Disorder14. Substance Abuse15. Autism
Spectrum Disorders 16. Trauma and PTSD Epilogue Appendix A: Sample Intake and Assessment Form Appendix B:
Assessment Sheet-Collaborative Treatment
$37.50
EXECUTIVE FUNCTION
& CHILD DEVELOPMENT
MARCIE YEAGER and DANIEL
YEAGER
This invaluable resource is
a brain-based approach to
helping kids stay focused and
achieve. It details effective
treatment practices for children
with executive function difficulties. Executive functions (EF)
involve mental processes such
as working memory, response inhibition, shifting focus, cognitive flexibility, self-monitoring, and goal orientation. Poor
EF can result in behavioral and attentional problems in school.
Marcie and Daniel Yeagers dynamic interventions provide
external support in a planned and systematic manner, allowing children to compensate for difficulties and grow in their
ability to intentionally regulate their thoughts, emotions, and
behavior.
Explaining everything from

tactile
defensiveness
to
auditory hypersensitivity, the
author provides practical stepby-step strategies for clinicians
to provide optimal sensory
smart treatments for their clients. Autism File
This book equips clinicians with all the information they
need to accurately identify sensory sensitivities in their child
clients: how to pay attention to sensory issues and recognize
when a client is struggling; how these issues factor into the
behavioral problems at hand; and how best to partner with
the right professionals to help kids at home and in school.
Contents: Part I: Recognizing Sensory Processing Issues 1.
Your Clients Sensory World 2. the Sensitivity Continuum 3.
What Is Sensory Processing Disorder? Part II: Helping Your Client with Sensory Issues 4. Promoting Insight and Developing
a Therapeutic Program5. Collaborating with Occupational
Therapists and Other Professionals 6. Empowering Strategies for Parents 7. Working with Schools 8. A Sensory Smart
Future
$32.95
CHARTING THE COURSE

FOR TREATING CHILDREN
WITH AUTISM
A Beginners Guide for
Therapists
LINDA KELLY and JANICE
PLUNKETT DAVIGNON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70871-4
$25.95
PRACTICAL SOCIAL SKILLS FOR AUTISM

SPECTRUM DISORDERS
Designing Child-Specific Interventions
KATHLEEN KOENIG,
Foreword by FRED R. VOLKMAR
Koenig presents a unique, multi-faceted autism treatment
manual that emphasizes tailoring interventions to each childs
personality and strengths.

$24.95

$32.95
KIDS ON MEDS
THE ADOLESCENT &

YOUNG ADULT SELFHARMING TREATMENT
MANUAL
Up-to-Date Information
About the Most Commonly
Prescribed Psychiatric
Medications
KEVIN T. KALIKOW
This book is an overview of the
four groups of medicines most
commonly used in child and adolescent psychiatry. It discusses
not only the drugs but also how
they work in the body, as well as
the culture of todays medical
practice, and how to decide if medicine isnt the right course
of action.
$27.95
MENTAL HEALTH FOR

THE WHOLE CHILD
A Collaborative StrengthsBased Brief Therapy

Approach
MATTHEW D. SELEKMAN
[A]n excellent source for
up-to-date clinically and
empirically validated treatment strategies . . . . dispels myths, provides a thorough
overview of the causes and mental disorders associated with
self-harm, and offers highly applicable therapeutic approaches to understanding, and treating self-harming behaviors.
Psychiatric Rehabilitation Journal
$33.95
71
WORKING WITH SELF-HARMING ADOLESCENTS

A Collaborative, Strengths-Based Therapy Approach
MATTHEW D. SELEKMAN, Foreword by BILL OHANLON
$22.95
ADOLESCENT THERAPY
THAT REALLY WORKS
Helping Kids Who Never
Asked for Help in the First
Place
JANET SASSON EDGETTE
[Edgette] is one of those
rare adults who understands
adolescents obsession with all
things phony. She writes with
chatty authority about what
the experience of therapy feels
like for teens, mapping the many shoals on which adolescent
therapy can founder. Psychotherapy Networker
Therapists who struggle to be liked, be cool, or say all the
right things do a disservice not only to themselves, but also
to the teenagers they treat. Focusing on building positive,
unaffected relationships with teenagers, this book shows
therapists how to facilitate conversation that is candid, constructive, and respectful.
$22.95
Originally published in hardcover as Candor, Connection, and
Enterprise in Adolescent Therapy.
TEENS IN THERAPY
Making It Their Own
RICHARD BROMFIELD
Lively, practical, note-perfect guidance to therapists of
adolescents. New England Psychologist
A New Generation of Respectful and Effective

Processes and Practices
BOB BERTOLINO
ISBN: 978-0-393-70409-9 2003 220 pages $32.00
ADOLESCENT GIRLS IN CRISIS

Intervention and Hope
MARTHA B. STRAUS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70447-1 2007 400 page $35.00
NO-TALK THERAPY FOR CHILDREN AND

ADOLESCENTS
MARTHA B. STRAUS
Weaving practical, hands-on ideas with theory and research
about child development, child treatment, and the therapeutic relationship, this book describes an innovative approach
to treatment of children and adolescents who wont or cant
respond to traditional, conversation-based therapy. Going beyond other methods, no-talk therapy emphasizes individual
connection, competence, and creativity.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70286-6 1999 288 pages $29.95
VIOLENCE IN THE LIVES OF ADOLESCENTS

MARTHA B. STRAUS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70186-9 1994 240 pages $27.00
CHILDREN WITH SEXUAL BEHAVIOR

PROBLEMS
Family-Based, Attachment-Focused Therapy
WILLIAM N. FRIEDRICH
ISBN: 978-0-393-70498-3 2007 320 pages $32.00
PSYCHOTHERAPY OF SEXUALLY ABUSED

CHILDREN AND THEIR FAMILIES
Filled with rich case material, Teens in Therapy focuses on

the stories and perspectives of adolescents themselves, arming therapists with a dearer sense of purpose and strategy.
Adolescence
ISBN: 978-0-393-70079-4 1990 356 pages $34.95

$25.00
A Family-Based Treatment Manual for Practitioners
GUIDE TO EARLY PSYCHOLOGICAL EVALUATION:

RAY CHRISTNER, ARTHUR FREEMAN, COREY J. NIGRO, and
TAYMOOR SARDAR
18.95
THE CHILDS VOICE IN FAMILY THERAPY

A Systemic Perspective
CAROLE GAMMER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70541-6 2008 304 pages
$35.00
MAGICAL MOMENTS OF CHANGE

How Psychotherapy Turns Kids Around
LENORE TERR
ISBN: 978-0-393-70530-0 2008 304 pages
$30.00
CYBER RULES
What You Really Need to Know About the Internet
JOANIE FARLEY GILLISPIE and JAYNE GACKENBACH
$24.95
72
CHANGE-ORIENTED THERAPY WITH

ADOLESCENTS AND YOUNG ADULTS
WILLIAM N. FRIEDRICH
CHILD ANXIETY DISORDERS

JEFFREY K. WOOD and BRYCE D. MCLEOD
ISBN: 978-0-393-70540-9 2008 272 pages $32. 00
CHILDREN IN THERAPY
Using the Family as a Resource
C. EVERETT BAILEY, Editor
POD $34.00
NURTURING QUEER YOUTH

Family Therapy Transformed
LINDA STONE FISH and REBECCA G. HARVEY
The authors integrate queer theory with family
therapy to create a model that is truly groundbreaking . .
. . [T]hese thoughtful, insightful, progressive clinicians teach
us how to examine unchallenged assumptions and push our
clients and ourselves to achieve the broadened perspectives
and subsequent healing transformations that make this nurturance possible. Child and Adolescent Social Work Journal
ISBN: 978-0-393-70455-6 2005 256 pages $27.50
CHILD-FRIENDLY THERAPY
Biopsychosocial Innovations for Children & Families
MARCIA B. STERN Foreword by HAROLD S. KOPLEWICZ, MD
$29.00
THE PRISM WORKBOOK

A Program for Innovative Self-Management
ANDREW TURNELL and STEVE

EDWARDS
In this book, child protection
workers will find a new child
protection assessment and
planning protocol that allows for
comprehensive risk assessment,
incorporating both danger and
safety and the perspectives of both professionals and service
recipients (parents). The authors provide practical, hands-on
strategies for building a partnership with parents, which may,
in the long run, prevent abuse and family dissolution.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70300-9 1999 240 pages
$35.95
SEX, THERAPY, AND KIDS

Addressing Their Concerns
Through Talk and Play
SHARON LAMB
Contents: Preface Introduction: Knowing Whats Normative
1. General Principles and Guidelines 2. Sexual Issues in Play with
Nonabused Children 3. Working
With Children Who Have Been
Abused 4. Acting-Out and Sexually Abusive Children 5. Teenage
Girls in Therapy 6. Teenage Boys in Therapy 7. Working with
Parents of Teens 8. Coming Out During the Teen Years 9.
Working With Developmentally Disabled Teens 10. Sexual and
Moral Feelings in the Therapy Hour
ISBN: 978-0-393-70479-2 2006 320 pages
$35.00
POSTTRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDERS IN

CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS
Handbook
RAUL R. SILVA, Editor
This book is an expert guide to the most salient issues pertaining to PTSD, stress, trauma, and the concurrent conditions
that affect children and adolescents. The rich mix of clinical
experience and research constitutes a thorough introduction
for practitioners.
$24.95
NONVERBAL LEARNING DISABILITIES

A Clinical Perspective
JOSEPH PALOMBO
ISBN: 978-0-393-70478-5 2006 320 pages POD
$37.50
LEARNING DISORDERS AND DISORDERS OF

THE SELF IN CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS
JOSEPH PALOMBO
ISBN: 978-0-393-70377-1 2001 336 pages
$39.00
DAVID B. WEXLER
POD $13.95
THE ADVANCED PRISM WORKBOOK

DAVID B. WEXLER
$9.95
THE ADOLESCENT SELF

Strategies for Self-Management, Self-Soothing,
and Self-Esteem in Adolescents
DAVID B. WEXLER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70114-2 1991 208 pages POD
$22.95
ON PLAYING A POOR HAND WELL

Insights from the Lives of Those Who Have
Overcome Childhood Risks and Adversities
MARK KATZ
ISBN: 978-0-393-70232-3 1997 224 pages POD
$29.00
CREATIVE STRATEGIES FOR SCHOOL

PROBLEMS
Solutions for Psychologists and Teachers
MICHAEL DURRANT
SIGNS OF SAFETY
A Solution and Safety
Oriented Approach to Child
Protection Casework
ISBN: 978-0-393-70190-6 1995 192 pages

$25.00
RESIDENTIAL TREATMENT
A Cooperative, Competency-Based Approach to
Therapy and Program Design
MICHAEL DURRANT
$32.00
CHILDREN IN DISTRESS
A Guide for Screening Childrens Art
LINDA WHITNEY PETERSON and MILTON EDWARD HARDIN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70248-4 1997 144 pages
Spiralbound $47.50
HEALING THE HURT CHILD

A Developmental-Contextual Approach
DENIS M. DONOVAN and DEBORAH McINTYRE
ISBN: 978-0-393-70093-0 1990 320 pages $34.95
ADOLESCENCE
Guiding Youth Through the Perilous Ordeal
MILLER NEWTON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70194-4 1995 224 pages $27.00
NO ONE SAW MY PAIN

Why Teens Kill Themselves
ANDREW SLABY AND LILI FRANK GARFINKEL
POD $18.95
EMPOWERING ADOLESCENT GIRLS

Examining the Present and Building Skills for the
Future with the Go Grrrls Program
CRAIG WINSTON LECROY AND JANICE DALEY
Book: ISBN: 978-0-393-70347-4 2001 256 pages
$37.50
The Go Grrrls Workbook: ISBN: 978-0-393-70348-1
2001 50 pages Paperback POD $12.00
73
ADDICTIONS & RECOVERY
ADDICTION ESSENTIALS
CARLTON K. ERICKSON
Only now is science catching up with clinicians and sober/abstinent addicts to explain how addiction, abuse, and recovery work. Ericksons seminal guide allies the science to practice: clinicians
and scientists alike should read it in order to start a new dialogue of wisdom with each other and
increase recovery exponentially. Deirdre Boyd, editor of Addiction Today and CEO of Addiction
Recovery Foundation
Written by one of the countrys leading addiction specialists, this accessible, comprehensive book
is a go-to reference for your questions about addiction, and a practical introduction to the diagnosis and treatment options.
THE SCIENCE OF ADDICTION

From Neurobiology to Treatment
CARLTON K. ERICKSON
[A] particularly useful and well-referenced review of basic pharmacology and the effects of drugs
of abuse . . . . This book is appropriate for motivated patients with addiction disorders and for professionals . . . . [H]ighly recommendable. New England Journal of Medicine
Neuroscience is clarifying the causes of compulsive alcohol and drug usewhile also shedding
light on what addiction is, what it is not, and how it can best be treatedin exciting and innovative
ways. Current neurobiological research complements and enhances the approaches to addiction
traditionally taken in social work and psychology. In this book, Erickson presents a comprehensive
overview of the roles that brain function and genetics play in addiction.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70463-1 2007 304 pages $34.00
A CLINICIANS GUIDE TO
12-STEP RECOVERY
Integrating 12-Step Programs into Psychotherapy
BEFORE ITS TOO LATE

Working with Substance Abuse in the Family
DAVID C. TREADWAY
MARK SCHENKER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70068-8 1989 224 pages $24.95
The primary purpose of this book is not to analyze the 12step program, but to make it more accessible to mental health
professionals. It's a guide to what might be encountered in
attending a meeting and what your clients might deal with in
working through the program themselves.

POD $29.00
ISBN: 978-0-393-70210-1 1995 208 pages $25.00
COCAINE AND
METHAMPHETAMINE
ADDICTION
Healing the Parent-Child Relationship in Alcohol/

Addictive Families
Treatment and Recovery

ARNOLD WASHTON and JOAN ELLEN ZWEBEN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70302-3 2009 288 pages $29.95
PATIENTS WITH SUBSTANCE ABUSE

PROBLEMS
Effective Identification, Diagnosis, and Treatment
EDGAR P. NACE and JOYCE A. TINSLEY
ISBN: 978-0-393-70511-9 2007 224 pages $22.95
ADDICTIONS AND TRAUMA RECOVERY

Healing the Body, Mind, & Spirit
DUSTY MILLER and LAURIE GUIDRY
WITHIN THE WALL OF DENIAL

Conquering Addictive Behaviors
ROBERT J. KEARNEY
CHILDREN IN RECOVERY
ROSALIE CRUISE JESSE

ISBN: 978-0-393-70074-9 1989 276 pages $24.95
WORKING WITH THE PROBLEM DRINKER

A Solution-Focused Approach
INSOO KIM BERG and SCOTT D. MILLER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70134-0 1992 240 pages POD
$27.00
THE MIRACLE METHOD: A RADICALLY NEW

APPROACH TO PROBLEM DRINKING
SCOTT D. MILLER and INSOO KIM BERG
ISBN: 978-0-393-31533-2 1995 192 pages $15.95
OVERCOMING ADDICTIONS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70368-9 2001 240 pages

Paperback $25.00
Skills Training for People with Schizophrenia
SOLUTIONS STEP BY STEP
ISBN: 978-0-393-70299-6 1999 240 pages POD

$29.95
A Substance Abuse Treatment Manual

INSOO KIM BERG and NORMAN H. REUSS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70251-4 1997 192 pages Prbk $25.00
SOLUTIONS STEP BY STEP DVD

Substance Abuse Treatment Demonstrations
INSOO KIM BERG
ISBN: 978-0-393-70260-6 1997 103 minutes $100.00
LISA J. ROBERTS, ANDREW SHANER, and THAD A. ECKMAN
SUBSTANCE ABUSE IN ADOLESCENTS AND

YOUNG ADULTS
A Guide to Treatment
JOSEPH NOWINSKI
ISBN: 978-0-393-70097-8 1990 272 pages POD
$29.95
THE HEALING BOND

Treating Addictions in Groups
RONALD L. ROGERS and C. SCOTT MCMILLIN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70088-6 1989 192 pages $13.95
74
INTEGRATIVE TEAM TREATMENT FOR ATTACHMENT TRAUMA IN CHILDREN

Family Therapy and EMDR
DEBRA WESSELMANN, CATHY SCHWEITZER, STEFANIE ARMSTRONG
Topics include: The Impact of Neurobiology on the Field of Attachment Therapy Overview of the Integrative Team Treatment
Model Case Conceptualization and Treatment Planning Using the AIP Model Foundational Work in Family Therapy Component
Attachment Resource Development and Other EMDR Preparation Activities for Children with a History of Attachment Trauma Adaptations for EMDR Reprocessing of Attachment Trauma with Children When Parents had a Difficult Childhood Case Examples
EMDR
By working as a collaborative team, EMDR and family therapists can strengthen the parent-child
attachment bond and help to mend the early experiences that drive the childs behavior. This book,
and its accompanying Parent Manual, Integrative Parenting (below), serve as clear and practical
treatment guides, presenting the philosophy and step-by-step protocols behind the Integrative
Team Treatment approach, so both the family system issues and the childs traumatic past are effectively addressed. With at least one fully trained EMDR practitioner as part of the two-person
team, any clinician can pair with another to implement this treatment approach, and heal children
suffering from attachment trauma.
INTEGRATIVE PARENTING
EMDR SOLUTIONS II
Strategies for Raising

Children Affected by
Attachment Trauma
For Depression, Eating

Disorders, Performance,
and More
DEBRA WESSELMANN,
CATHY SCHWEITZER,
STEFANIE ARMSTRONG
Designed as a manual to complement the Integrative Team
Treatment for Attachment Trauma in Children clinicians guide,
this book is written for birth,
foster, or adoptive parents, aunts and uncles, grandparents,
or anyone who may be raising a child who has experienced
attachment loss and trauma.
Contents: Foreword Introduction1. Scared Children, Not
Scary Children 2. Creating Connections 3. Solutions to Challenging Behaviors 4. Becoming a Happier Parent 5. Boundaries and Consequences with Love and Attunement Conclusion References
ISBN: 978-0-393-70817-2 2014 224 pages $22.95
ATTACHMENT-FOCUSED
EMDR
LAUREL PARNELL,
Readers will benefit from
Parnells wisdom, clinical experience, and direct and down-toearth writing style, as well as
the case examples she provides
with transcripts from actual sessions. I highly recommend this
book-with its relational focus, it will enrich and deepen
the practice of any clinician interested in working more
effectively. Diana Fosha, PhD, Developer of AEDP, coeditor
of The Healing Power of Emotion
Topics include: The Five Basic Principles of AttachmentFocused EMDR Therapist Characteristics and Skills for
Attachment Repair Creating New Parents and Repairing
Developmental Deficits Case Histories Love Resources
Creating the Safe Therapeutic Container Creating Targets
and Modifying the Protocol Reevaluation and the Pacing of
Treatment Bringing an Attachment Focus to Desensitization Using Interweaves to Unblock Processing Five EMDR
Sessions Demonstrating the Use of Interweaves to Repair Attachment Trauma Case Examples
ISBN: 978-0-393-70745-8 2013 256 pages $39.95
See page 76 for more books by Laurel Parnell.
ROBIN SHAPIRO, Editor

For those in pursuit of cuttingedge strategies using EMDR
with complex and diverse populations creatively served up, I
encourage you to embrace
this treasure trove of gifts
by some of our most wellrespected EMDR clinicians/authors. Journal of EMDR
Practice and Research
Each chapter teems with practical therapeutic strategies and
clinical insights, presented in step-by-step instructions that
show just how to implement a particular EMDR solution with
clients. Features 18 expert EMDR practitioners.
Contents include: 5 chapters on EMDR and depression, including assessment, trauma-based, endogenous, shame-based,
and attachment-baseddepression 8 chapters on EMDR and
eating disorders, including neurobiology, ego states, bulimia
nervosa, desensitizing desire, body dysmorphia, and relapse
prevention EMDR and coaching EMDR and positive psychology EMDR with performance issues EMDR with complex
trauma, including the early trauma protocol somatic and ego
state interventions EMDR with obsessive-compulsive personality disorder EMDR withmedical trauma, including birthrelated trauma treating chemical sensitivities EMDR with
sex offenders EMDR with the religious and spiritually attuned
ISBN: 978-0-393-70588-1 2009 528 pages $44.95
EMDR SOLUTIONS
Pathways to Healing
ROBIN SHAPIRO, Editor
This book brings together 15 expert EMDR practitioners who
possess renowned therapeutic skill and years of clinical experience. Each chapter teems with practical therapeutic strategies
and clinical insights, presented as step-by-step instructions
that show just how to implement a particular EMDR solution with clients. Illustrated with relevant case histories and
concrete examples drawn from diverse client populations, this
book develops the Standard Protocol for EMDR in creative and
highly effective ways.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70467-9 2005 368 pages $39.00
Available as a set!
EMDR Solutions and EMDR Solutions II set:
ISBN: 978-0-393-70640-6 $74.00
See page 40 for Robin Shapiro's Easy Ego State Interventions
and page 35 for Trauma Treatment Handbook.
75
EMDR IN THE TREATMENT

OF ADULTS ABUSED AS
CHILDREN
EMDR
LAUREL PARNELL
Dr. Parnell has effectively drawn
together a wide range of suggestions and case examples to
assist clinicians in using EMDR
with difficult and complex cases
of adult survivors of childhood
abuse. An excellent complement
to the standard EMDR textbook
and training for those working with this important population. Francine Shapiro, PhD, Senior Research Fellow,
Mental Research Institute, Executive Director, EMDR Institute
ISBN: 978-0-393-70298-9 1999 240 pages $35.00
TRANSFORMING TRAUMA: EMDR

LAUREL PARNELL
EMDR therapy incorporates eye movements into a comprehensive approach that processes and releases information
trapped in the body-mind, freeing people from disturbing
images and body sensations, debilitating emotions, and
restrictive beliefs. Not only does healing occur much more
rapidly than in traditional therapy, but clients also experience
a sense of joy, openness, and deep connection with others.
EMDR seems to be a quantum leap in the human ability to
heal trauma and maladaptive beliefs.
ISBN: 978-0-393-31757-2 1996 288 pages POD
$21.95
EMDR ESSENTIALS
A Guide for Clients and
Therapists
BARB MAIBERGER
Contents: Part I: An Inside
Look at EMDR Therapy 1. Beginning EMDR Therapy 2. Trauma, Memory, and Your Brain 3.
The Phases of EMDR Therapy 4.
Why EMDR Works 5. How EMDR
Differs from Other Therapies
6. EMDR for Children 7. Safety Measures for EMDR Part II:
Transformational Stories 8. Regaining Control After a Childhood Traumatic Event: Mary 9. Decreasing Anxiety by Letting
Go of Control: Carolyn 10. Overcoming Emotional Eating: Bob
11. Moving Through Grief: Betsy 12. Finding Courage After
Sexual Abuse: Joan 13. Defeating the Devastation of War: Sam
14. Reclaiming Power After Rape: Rebecca 15. Conquering
Fear: Tyler and Robert 16. Performance Enhancement: Darrell Appendix A: Glossary of Terms Appendix B: Resources
Available on the Internet
LIGHT IN THE HEART OF DARKNESS

EMDR and the Treatment of War and Terrorism
Survivors
STEVEN M. SILVER and SUSAN ROGERS,
Forewords by FRANCINE SHAPIRO and HOWARD LIPKE
Focusing on the application of EMDR to survivors traumatic
experiences, this book covers a wide range of subject matter
including school violence, near-war experiences, refugees,
combat soldiers, children, and emergency service workers.
The book also includes extensive case histories as well as a
consumers report from a war medic whose chronic PTSD was
successfully treated with EMDR.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70366-5 2001 240 pages $32.00
EMDR CASEBOOK
A Casebook of Innovative Applications
PHILIP MANFIELD, Editor
The broad range of EMDR is explored via case examples addressing complex emotional problems such as postpartum
depression, survivor guilt, and the effects of child abuse. A
new chapter on PTSD, written in the wake of September 11,
is featured in this paperback edition of Manfield's acclaimed
work.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70416-7 2003 364 pages
$24.95
FINDING THE ENERGY TO HEAL

How EMDR, Hypnosis, TFT, Imagery, and BodyFocused Therapy Can Help Restore Mindbody
Health
MAGGIE PHILLIPS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70326-9 2000 272 pages
$35.00
ENERGY PSYCHOLOGY AND EMDR

Combining Forces for Increased Treatment Efficacy
JOHN G. HARTUNG and MICHAEL D. GALVIN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70378-8 2002 336 pages
$40.00
THROUGH THE EYES OF A CHILD

EMDR with Children
ROBERT H. TINKER and SANDRA A. WILSON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70287-3 1999 240 pages POD
$37.00
ISBN: 978-0-393-70569-0 2009 256 pages

$24.95
For US customers only: We will accept advance orders and ship books immediately when available.
Prices are subject to change. Undamaged books may be returned within 30 days for a full refund. DVDs and
CDs are nonreturnable
Libraries should apply a 25% discount to the list price. Other discounts are available for wholesalers,
institutes, and subscription services. Books may also be ordered at a discount for workshops, conferences,
and author appearances. Prices and terms listed herein are for individual purchases from this catalog. For
Nortons terms for retailers and wholesalers, or for purchases in bulk, please consult our published discount
schedules or call customer service at 800-233-4830.
Please direct further inquiries to:
NMH Marketing Director, W. W. Norton, 500 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10110
212-790-4323, fax: 212-869-0856, email: nmh@wwnorton.com
76
INDEX
10 Best Anxiety Busters, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 55
10 Best-Ever Anxiety Management Techniques
Workbook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 55
10 Best-Ever Anxiety Management Techniques, T
he . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 55
10 Best-Ever Depression Management
Techniques, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 55
101 Solution-Focused Questions for Help
With Anxiety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
101 Solution-Focused Questions for Help With
Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
101 Solution-Focused Questions for Help With
Trauma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
101 Solution-Focused Questions Series . . . . . . . . . . 59
101 Solution-Focused Questions Series Set . . . . . 59
8 Keys to Brain-Body Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 54
8 Keys to Building Your Best Relationships . . . . . . 54
8 Keys to Eliminating Passive-Aggressiveness . . 54
8 Keys to End Bullying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
8 Keys to End Bullying Activity Program For
Kids & Tweens, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
8 Keys to End Bullying: Strategies for Parents
& Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
8 Keys to Forgiveness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
8 Keys to Mental Health Through Exercise . . . . . . . 53
8 Keys to Old School Parenting for Modern-Day
Families . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
8 Keys to Parenting Children With ADHD . . . . . . . . . 53
8 Keys to Practicing Mindfulness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
8 Keys to Raising The Quirky Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
8 Keys to Recovery From An Eating
Disorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 43, 54
8 Keys to Recovery From An Eating
Disorder Workbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
8 Keys to Safe Trauma Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
8 Keys to Stress Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Abblett, Mitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Abnormalities of Personality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Acceptance and Change in Couple Therapy . . . . . . 62
Active Treatment of Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Addiction Essentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Addictions and Trauma Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 74
Addis, Michael E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
ADHD Grown Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Adolescence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Adolescent & Young Adult Self- Harming
Treatment Manual, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Adolescent Girls in Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Adolescent Self, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Adolescent Therapy That Really Works . . . . . . . . . . 72
Adult Children of Parental Alienation Syndrome . 49
Advanced Prism Workbook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Affect Dysregulation and Disorders of The Self . . 19
Affect Regulation and The Repair of The Self . . . . 19
Affect Regulation Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Affect Regulation Toolbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Agronin, Marc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Aiken, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Alexander, Pamela C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Allen, Wendy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Almost Grown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Alpert, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Alzheimers Family, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Anatomy and Physiology for Psychotherapists . . 47
Andersen,Tom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Anderson, Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Andreas, Steve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 56
Anger Antidotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Anxiety + Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Anxiety Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Anxious Brain, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Aponte, Harry J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Aposhyan, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Archaeology of Mind, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Armstrong, Courtney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Armstrong, Stefanie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Art of Sex Coaching, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Art of The First Session, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Art of The Psychotherapist, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Art Therapy & The Neuroscience of
Relationships, Creativity, & Resiliency . . . . . . . . . . 25
Asperger Syndrome in Adulthood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Assertive Community Treatment of Persons
With Severe Mental Illness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Assessing Adult Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
At Personal Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Atkinson, Brent J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Attachment Disturbances in Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Attachment Therapy Companion, The . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Attachment-Based Yoga & Meditation for
Trauma Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Attachment-Focused EMDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Attachment-Focused Family Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Attachment-Focused Family Therapy Workbook 63
Attachment-Focused Parenting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Austin, Jehannine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Autism and The Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Awakening Clinical Intuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Back to Reality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Badenoch, Bonnie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Bailey, C. Everett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Baker, Amy J. L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Balon, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Bannink, Fredrike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 59
Barber, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Bavelas, Janet Beavin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Baylin, Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 23, 57
Beadle, Sandy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Becker-Weidman, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Becoming A Professional Life Coach,
Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Becoming A Published Therapist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Becvar, Dorothy S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Beebe, Beatrice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Before Its Too Late . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Begel, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Behavioral Challenges in Children With Autism
and Other Special Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Behavioral Neuroscience of Adolescence, The . . . 29
Being A Brain-Wise Therapist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Beitman, Bernard D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 50

Belmont, Judith A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Bender, Sheila S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Benson, Sonja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Bres, Laura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Berg, Insoo Kim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 60, 74
Bergman, Joel S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Bertolino, Bob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 72
Beyond Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Biel, Lindsey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Biobehavioral Treatment of ObsessiveCompulsive Spectrum Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Bipolar, Not So Much . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Bischoff, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Biting The Hand That Starves You . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Biven, Lucy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Blount, Alexander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Bobes, Norman S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Bobes, Toby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Bobrow, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Body Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Body Remembers Casebook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Body Remembers, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Body Sense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Body-Mind Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Bgels, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Boik, Barbara Labovitz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Bolletino, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Bongiorno, Peter B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Boon, Suzette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 26
Boot Camp Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Borden, Alisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Borderline Personality Disorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Borderline Personality Disorder and The
Conversational Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Borkin, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Boss, Pauline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Boston Change Process Study Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Bowen, Murray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Bowers, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Brain Bytes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Brain Change Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Brain Imaging Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Brain-Based Parenting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Brain-Savvy Therapists Workbook, The . . . . . . . . . .27
Brandt, Andrea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54,56
Bread & Spirit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Bremner, J. Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 35
Brennan, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Brief Coaching for Lasting Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Brief Guide to Brief Therapy, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Britt, Victoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Britton, Patti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Brothers, Doris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Brown, Daniel P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Brown, Richard P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 68
Bruun, Elena Lesser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 61
Bryant, Doris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Bugental, James F. T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Building Solutions in Child Protective Services . . . 60
Building Your Ideal Private Practice,
Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Burke, Lillian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Burti, Lorenzo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Burton, Robert W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Bush, Ashley Davis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Business and Practice of Coaching, The . . . . . . . . . . 37
Caby, Filip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Caby, Rea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Cade, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Carlsen, Mary Baird . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Carmin, Cheryl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Cashdan, Sheldon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Challenge of The Borderline Patient, The . . . . . . . . 32
Challenging Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Change 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Change in Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Change-Oriented Therapy With Adolescents
and Young Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Changing Minds in Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Chapman, Linda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Character Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Characterological Transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Charting The Course For Treating Children
With Autism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Cheek, David B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Chefetz, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Chenail, Ronald J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Child & Adolescent Mental Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Child Anxiety Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Child Temperament . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Child-Friendly Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Childs Voice in Family Therapy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Children in Distress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Children in Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Children in Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Children Who Fail At School But Succeed At Life . . 8
Children With Sexual Behavior Problems . . . . . . . . . 72
Childrens Solution Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Christensen, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Christner, Ray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Chudler, Eric H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 28
Clinical Applications of Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Clinical Detective, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Clinical Guide to Psychotropic Medications . . . . . . . 31
Clinical Introduction to Freud, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Clinical Intuition in Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Clinical Pearls of Wisdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Clinicians Guide to 12-Step Recovery, A . . . . . . . . . . 74
Clues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Coaching Plain & Simple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Coaching Starter Kit, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Cocaine and Methamphetamine Addiction . . . . . . . 74
Cognitive Grief Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Cognitive Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Cognitive Therapy in Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Cohen, Barry M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Cohen, Phyllis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Combs, Gene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Community Mental Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Complete Mental Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Comprehensive Textbook of Geriatric Psychiatry,
Third Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Connor, Daniel F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Constructing The Sexual Crucible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Contemplative Psychotherapy Essentials . . . . . . . . 40
Conversations On Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Cooper-Hilbert, Beth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Cooper, John F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Coping With Trauma-Related Dissociation . . . . . . . 26
Costin, Carolyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 43, 54
Counseling and Psychotherapy Essentials . . . . . . . 50
Countertransference in Couples Therapy . . . . . . . . 62
Couple Is Telling You What You Need to Know,
The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Courage to Love, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Courtois, Christine A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Cox, Carol Thayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Cozolino, Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 17, 50
Creating Competence From Chaos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Creative Energies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Creative Strategies for School Problems . . . . . . . . . 73
Crisis-Proof Your Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Critical Interventions in Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Crittenden, Patricia Mckinsey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Cullinane, Diane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Cyber Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Davignon, Janice Plunkett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Daitch, Carolyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 48, 55, 58
Daley, Janice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Dao of Neuroscience, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Davis, Deborah C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
De Shazer, Steve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Demos, John N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Denborough, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Depression in Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Desmond, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Developmental Science of Early Childhood, The . 11
Diamond, Ronald J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 39, 57
Diepold, Jr., John H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Dikel, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Dimensions of Psychotherapy Supervision . . . . . . 39
Does Stress Damage The Brain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Doing Contextual Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Doing Couple Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Dolan, Yvonne M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 60
Donovan, Denis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Dore, Martha Morrison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Dormoy, Mellisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Drake, Robert E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Dube, Diana Elisabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Dubovsky, Amelia N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Dubovsky, Steven L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Duclos, Marcel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Duncan, Barry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Durrant, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Duvall, Jim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Dziegielewski, Sophia F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 50
Easy Ego State Interventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Eckman, Thad A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Edelstien, M. Gerald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Edgette, Janet Sasson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Edwards, Steve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Efran, Jay S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Ego States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Ehrenberg, Darlene Bregman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Ehrmann, Lois . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Einhorn, Jay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Elliott, David S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Elson, Miriam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
EMDR Casebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
EMDR Essentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
EMDR in The Treatment of Adults Abused as
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
EMDR Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
EMDR Solutions II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Emerging Role of Counseling Psychology in
Health Care, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Emerson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Emotional Intelligence in Couples Therapy . . . . . . . 61
Empowering Adolescent Girls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Energy Diagnostic and Treatment Methods . . . . . . 70
Energy Psychology and EMDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 76
Energy Psychology in Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Enright, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Epston, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 66
Erectile Dysfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Erickson, Carlton K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Escape From Babel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Essential Psychopathology and Its Treatment,
4th Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Essential Psychopathology Casebook . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Essentials of Private Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Ettner, Randi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Evaluating Couples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Even From A Broken Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Everstine, Diana Sullivan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Everstine, Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Evidence-Based Mental Health Practice . . . . . . . . . 50
Evolving Thought Field Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Executive Function & Child Development . . . . . . . . 71
Falling Backwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Families in Perpetual Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Families That Flourish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Family Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Family Guide to Mental Health Care, The . . . . . . . . . 56
Family Wellness Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Fay, Deirdre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Feeling Brain, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Feetham, Suzanne L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Feinberg, Todd E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Finding The Energy to Heal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Findlay, Joanna Clyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Fink, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 47
Fisch, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Fish, Linda Stone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Fishbane, Mona Dekoven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
77
INDEX
Fisher, Janina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Fisher, Sebern F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Fishing for Barracuda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Fiske, Kate E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flemons, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 58, 61
Focusing in Clinical Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Fogel, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Foundational Concepts in Neuroscience . . . . . . . . . 17
Frederick, Claire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Freedman, Jill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Freeman, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 72
Freeman, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Frewen, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Friedrich, William N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
From Axons to Identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
From Violence, Toward Love . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Fundamentals of Psychoanalytic Technique . . . . . 47
Fusco, Gina M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Gackenbach, Jayne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Gafner, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Gallo, Fred P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Galvin, Michael D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 76
Galynker, Igor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Gambescia, Nancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Gammer, Carole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Garfinkel, Lili Frank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Gay Affirmative Therapy for The Straight
Clinician . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Gays, Lesbians, and Their Therapists . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Gender Loving Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Genogram Casebook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Genogram Journey, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Genograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Gerbarg, Patricia L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 68
Geriatric Psychiatry Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Gerson, Randy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Getting Started With Neurofeedback . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Getting Through The Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Gilligan, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 52
Gillispie, Joanie Farley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Ginot, Efrat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Gitlin, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Gold, Claudia M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Goldberg, Carl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Goldberg, Louise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Goldenthal, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Goldrich, Cindy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Good, Glenn E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Goodwin, E. Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Gottman, John M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Gottman, Julie Schwartz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Grabb, Gwen Schubert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 43, 54
Gralnik, Leonard M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Grandstaff, Dan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Grant, Jon E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Green, Michael Foster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Green, Ronald L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Green, Shelley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Grodzki, Lynn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 38, 39
Grossberg, George T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Grove, David R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Guide to Early Psychological Evaluation:
Children & Adolescents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Guide to Inclusive Therapy, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Guide to Possibility Land, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Guide to Trance Land, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 59
Guided Imagery Work With Kids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Guidry, Laurie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,74
Gustafson, James P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Haber, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Hakomi Mindfulness-Centered Somatic
Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Haley, Jay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 58
Hammond, D. Corydon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Handbook of Hypnotic Inductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Handbook of Hypnotic Suggestions and
Metaphors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Hanging By A Twig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Hardin, Milton Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Haroun, Ansar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Harper, James M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Hart, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Hartung, John G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 76
Harvey, Rebecca G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Hass-Cohen, Noah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Haunted Self, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Healing Bond, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Healing Power of Writing, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Healing The Divided Self . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Healing The Hurt Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Healing The Incest Wound, Second Edition . . . . . . 35
Healing The Mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Healing The Traumatized Self . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Healing Trauma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Healthy Aging Brain, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Heat of The Moment in Treatment, The . . . . . . . . . . 45
Heath, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hedaya, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heinrich, Richard L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Heitler, Susan M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Held, Barbara S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Heller, Michael C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Help for The Helper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Hendrick, Victoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Hernandez, Joseph L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Hibbert, Christina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Higgins-Klein, Dottie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Hill, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Hill, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 57
Hiller, Tobey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Hoepner, Cara T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Holiman, Marjorie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Holistic Health for Adolescents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Holistic Solutions for Anxiety & Depression in
Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Hoopes, Margaret H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Hoorwitz, Aaron Noah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Hover-Kramer, Dorothea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
78
How People Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

How to Talk to Families About Child and
Adolescent Mental Illness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
How to Talk to Parents About Autism . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
How to Talk With Families About Genetics and
Psychiatric Illness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
How to Talk With Family Caregivers About
Cancer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
How to Use Herbs, Nutrients & Yoga in
Mental Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 68
Hubble, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Hudson, Patricia OHanlon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Hughes, Daniel A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 23, 54, 57, 63
Humanizing The Narcissistic Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Hunt, Holly A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Hypnosis and Suggestion in The Treatment
of Pain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Hypnotic Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Hypoactive Sexual Desire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
If Only I Had Known . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Imber-Black, Evan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Impulse Control Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
In Search of Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
In The Midst of Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
In The Therapists Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Incestuous Families . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Individuals, Families, and The New Era Of
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Infant Research & Neuroscience At Work In
Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Infant/Child Mental Health, Early Intervention,
and Relationship-Based Therapist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Infertility & Involuntary Childlessness . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Innovations in Narrative Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Instant Psychopharmacology, Third Edition . . . . . 30
Integrated Primary Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Integrated Treatment Of Eating Disorders . . . . . . . 49
Integrating Psychotherapy and
Pharmacotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Integrative Mental Health Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Integrative Parenting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Integrative Team Treatment for Attachment
Trauma in Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Intensive Psychotherapy for Persistent
Dissociative Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Intergenerational Cycles of Trauma and
Violence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Interpersonal Neurobiology of Play, The . . . . . . . . . 26
Intimate Edge, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Jackson, Don D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Jacobson, Neil S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 62
Jarvik, Lissy F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Jenkins, Robert E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Jesse, Rosalie Cruise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Johanson, Gregory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Johnson, Lise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Johnson, Lynn D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Johnson, Stephen M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Johnston, Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Kagan, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Kaiser, Tamara L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Kalikow, Kevin T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 71
Karpel, Mark A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Katehakis, Alexandra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Katz, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 73
Kearney, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Kelly, Linda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Kelly, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Kennedy, Sidney H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Kerman, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Kerr, Michael E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Kershaw, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Kessler, Judy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Kestly, Theresa A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Keys to Solution in Brief Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Kids On Meds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Kilgus, Mark D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
King, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Knowing Feeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Koenig, Karen R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Koenig, Kathleen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Kohut Seminars, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Kolbasovsky, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 49
Korn, Leslie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Kort, Joe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Kottler, Jeffrey A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Kraly, F. Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30
Kramer, Peter D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Kroll, Jerome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Kundalini Yoga Meditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Kundalini Yoga Meditation for Complex
Psychiatric Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Kurpius, Sharon Robinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Kurth, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Lachmann, Frank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Lake, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Lamb, Sharon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Landini, Andrea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Langone, Michael D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Language of Change, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Language, Structure, and Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Lanius, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Larson, Noel R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Learning Disorders and Disorders of The Self in
Children and Adolescents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Learning Psychotherapy, Second Edition . . . . . . . . . 50
Lebow, Denise H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Lecroy, Craig Winston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Leverich, Gabriele S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Light in The Heart of Darkness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Lillas, Connie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Lindblad-Goldberg, Marion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Little Book of Neuroscience Haiku, The . . . . . . . . . . 28
Living Beyond Loss, Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Lobovitz, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Lorberbaum, Lissah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 55
Loss, Trauma, and Resilience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Love and War in Intimate Relationships . . . . . . . . . . 27
Lukas, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Lukens, Michael D. Lukens, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Lukens, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Lynde, David W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Lyons, Lynn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Madanes, Clo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Maddock James W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Magical Moments of Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Maiberger, Barb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Maisel, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Making of A Therapist, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Malan, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Malkinson, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Manfield, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Many Faces of Eros, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Maps of Narrative Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Markham, Laurie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Marks-Tarlow, Terry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Marks, Melissa J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Marriage Clinic Casebook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Marriage Clinic, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Marrying Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Marsh, Diane T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Marsten, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Martell, Christopher R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Martin, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Mascolo, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Maunder, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Maxmen, Jerrold S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Maxmen, Jerrold S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Mccullough, Leigh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
McCurry, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
McDaniel, Susan H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
McDougall, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
McGoldrick, Monica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 64
McIntyre, Deborah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Mcintyre, Roger S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Mcleod, Bryce D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
McMillin, C. Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
McMullin, Rian E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 57
Meaning-Making . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Meares, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 26
Medication Question, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Meditation for Therapists and Their Clients . . . . . . 70
Meier, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Meltzer, Bruce M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Memory Quest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Men in Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Menendez, Diane S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Mental Health for The Whole Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Mental Health Professionals in Medical Settings 39
Mental Health Providers Guide to Managed Care 39
Merrens, Matthew R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Methven, Susanne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Meyers, Barnett S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Michael, Suzanne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Mikalac, Cecilia M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Miller, Dusty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,74
Miller, Laurence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Miller, Scott D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 74
Miller, Suzanne M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Milosavljevic, Nada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Mind-Body Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Mindful Anger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Mindful Coloring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Mindful Parenting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Mindfulness and Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Mindfulness Skills for Trauma and PTSD . . . . . . . . . . 9
Mindfulness-Based Play-Family Therapy . . . . . . . . 63
Minton, Kekuni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Miracle Method: A Radically New Approach to
Problem Drinking, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Moments of Engagement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Monda, Lorena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Money and Outpatient Psychiatry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
More Hypnotic Inductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
More Transforming Negative Self-Talk . . . . . . . 43, 56
Morning Meditations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 69
Mosher, Loren R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Mother-Infant Interaction Picture Book, The . . . . . . 5
Muller, Robert T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Muskin, Philip R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 68
Mystery of Goodness and The Positive Moral
Consequences of Psychotherapy, The . . . . . . . . . . 52
Nace, Edgar P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Naimark, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Nair, Jyotsna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Napier, Nancy J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Narcissism and Intimacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Narrative Means to Therapeutic Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Narrative Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Narrative Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Narrative Therapy in Wonderland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Nathanson, Donald L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Nealy, Elijah C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Neborsky, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Neuro-Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Neuro-Philosophy and The Healthy Mind . . . . . . . . 32
Neuroanatomy for Students of Behavioral
Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Neurobiologically Informed Trauma Therapy With
Children and Adolescents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Neurobiology of Attachment-Focused Therapy,
The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Neurofeedback in The Treatment of
Developmental
Trauma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Neuropsychology of The Unconscious, The . . . . . . 22
Neuroscience of Human Relationships, The,
Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Neuroscience of Psychotherapy, The,
Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
New Handbook of Cognitive Therapy Techniques,
The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
New Private Practice, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Newton, Miller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Neziroglu, Fugen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Nicholas, Mary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
INDEX
Nigro, Corey J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Nijenhuis, Ellert R. S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 36
No One Saw My Pain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
No-Talk Therapy for Children and Adolescents . . 72
Non-Drug Treatments for ADHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 68
Nonverbal Learning Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Northoff, Georg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Norton Professional Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Not On Speaking Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Nowinski, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Nurturing Queer Youth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Nutrition Essentials for Mental Health . . . . . . . . . . . 67
OConnor, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
OHanlon, Bill . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 39, 45, 58, 59, 60, 68
Object Relations Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Odell, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Of One Mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Ogden, Pat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Olson, Leah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Omer, Haim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
On Playing A Poor Hand Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Ostrander, Robyn L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Out of The Blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Outpatient Psychiatry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Overcoming Addictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Pain, Clare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Pally, Regina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Palombo, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Panksepp, Jaak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Parenting The Whole Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Parnell, Laurel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 76
Pasick, Patricia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Patients With Substance Abuse Problems . . . . . . . 74
Patterson, Jo Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Pearlman, Laurie Anne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Peay, Holly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Pediatric Psychopharmacology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Peek, CJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Peller, Jane E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Persons, Jacqueline B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Peterson, Linda Whitney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Peterson, Marilyn R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Petry, Sueli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Phelps, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Phillips, Maggie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 76
Piercy, Kathleen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Pierolf, Kirsten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Pittman, Frank S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 64
Plakun, Eric M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Playful Approaches To Serious Problems . . . . . . . . 66
Poker Face in Mental Health Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Polyvagal Theory, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Porges, Stephen W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Positive Aging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Post Traumatic Success . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Post, Robert M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Posttraumatic Stress Disorders in Children and
Adolescents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Posttraumatic Stress Disorders in Children and
Adolescents: Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Practical Social Skills for Autism Spectrum
Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Practice-Building 2.0 for Mental Health P
rofessionals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Practicing Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Pragmatics of Human Communication . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Prenatal Development and Parents
Lived Experiences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Presti, David E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Price, Reese E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Primer of Brief Psychotherapy, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Prinz, Steven M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Prism Workbook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Private Lies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Professional and Ethical Issues in Psychology . . . 39
Pryzwansky, Walter B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Psychobiology of Gene Expression, The . . . . . . 29, 58
Psychobiology of Mind-Body Healing, The . . . . . . . 70
Psychopharmacology Handbook for The
Non-Medically Trained . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 50
Psychopharmacology Problem Solving . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Psychotherapy Essentials to Go . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Psychotherapy in The Age of Accountability . . . . . 52
Psychotherapy of Sexually Abused Children and
Their Families . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Psychotherapy of The Brain-Injured Patient . . . . . 36
Psychotherapy With Impossible Cases . . . . . . . . . . 51
Psychotropic Drug Prescribers Survival Guide . . . 31
Psychotropic Drugs and The Elderly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Psychotropic Drugs and Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Psychotropic Drugs: Fast Facts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
PTSD/Borderlines in Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Quick Steps to Resolving Trauma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Quickies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Rambo, Anne Hearon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Ravitz, Paula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Rea, William S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Recollections of Sexual Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Recovery From Cults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Recreating Brief Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Recreating Partnership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Reeds, Manuela Mischke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Reflecting Team, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Reflective Parent, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Rehearsals for Growth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Reich, Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Reid, William H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Relational Suicide Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Residential Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Resolving Sexual Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Restifo, Kathleen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Restoring Resilience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Retelling The Stories of Our Lives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Rettew, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Reuss, Norman H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Rewriting Love Stories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Rituals in Families and Family Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Road to Calm Workbook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 55
Roberts, Janine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Roberts, Lisa J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Rogers, Ronald L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Rogers, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Rolland, John S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Rosenthal, Michele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Rossi, Ernest L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 58, 70
Roth-Roemer, Sari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Rothschild, Babette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Rowan, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Russell, Eileen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Rustin, Judith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Saakvitne, Karen W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Sacred Therapies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Sadavoy, Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 32
Sakauye, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Sanders, Roy Q. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Sandplay Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Santos, Alberto B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Santulli, Robert B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Sardar, Taymoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Scaer, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 43, 54
Scheifler, Patricia L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Schenker, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Scherger, Joseph E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Schizophrenia Revealed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Schlosberg, Shirley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Schnarch, David M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Schore, Allan N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Schuyler, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 52
Schweitzer, Cathy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Science of Addiction, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Science of The Art of Psychotherapy, The . . . . . . . . 19
Science of Trust, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Scott, Elizabeth Anne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Seasoned Psychotherapist, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Sederer, Lloyd I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Segraves, Robert Taylor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Selekman, Matthew D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 72
Self-Awareness Deficits in Psychiatric Patients . 29
Self-Compassion in Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Self-Delight in A Harsh World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Sensorimotor Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Sensory Processing Challenges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Seven Strategies for Positive Aging . . . . . . . . . . 49, 57
Sex Addiction as Affect Dysregulation . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Sex, Love, and Violence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Sex, Therapy, and Kids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Sexual Pharmacology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Shame and Pride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Shaner, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Shannahoff-Khalsa, David S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Shannon, Scott M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 71
Shapiro, Francine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Shapiro, Robin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 40, 75
Shatkin, Jess P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Shocks to The System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Short-Term Therapy for Long-Term Change . . . . . 60
Siegel, Daniel J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 15, 20, 21, 36
Siegel, Judith P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Signs of Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Silva, Raul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 73
Silver, Steven M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Silverstein, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Simpkins, Annellen M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 58, 70
Simpkins, C. Alexander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 58, 70
Simple Self-Care for Therapists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Situation Is Hopeless But Not Serious, The . . . . . . 66
Slaby, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Sobel, Stephen V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Solomon, Marion F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 27, 36, 60, 62
Solution-Oriented Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Solution-Oriented Spirituality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Solution-Oriented Therapy for Chronic and
Severe
Mental Illness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Solutions Step By Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Solutions Step By Step DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Somatoform Dissociation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Speaking as A Professional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Spear, Linda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Spectrum Approach to Mood Disorders, A . . . . . . . . . 6
Sport Psychiatry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Stauffer, Kathrin A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Steele, Kathy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 22, 26
Steele, Thomas E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Stein, Leonard I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Steiner, Therese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Stern, Lenora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Stern, Marcia B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Stoddart, Kevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Stone, Michael H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Stop Blaming, Start Loving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Stop Domestic Violence, Third Edition . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Stop Program for Women, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Stop Program: for Women Who Abuse, The . . . . . . 41
Stories for The Third Ear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Stories That Heal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Straus, Martha B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Substance Abuse in Adolescents and
Young Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Successful Psychopharmacology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Symbol, Story, Ceremony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Symptom Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Szab, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Taibbi, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 45
Taking Out Your Mental Trash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Tales of Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Talking to Families About Mental Illness . . . . . . . . . . 48
Taming The Tyrant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Taproots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Tatkin, Stan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Teachers Guide to Student Mental Health, The . . 70
Teens in Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Telling Without Talking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Ten Principles for Doing Effective Couples
Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Terr, Lenore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Theaters of The Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Therapeutic Aha!, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Therapeutic Conversations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Therapist as Life Coach, Second Edition . . . . . . . . . .37
Therapist in The Real World, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Therapists Guide to Understanding Common
Medical Problems, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Therapists Treasure Chest, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Therapists Ultimate Solution Book, The . . . . . . . . . 42
Therapy With Older Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Thomas, Lloyd J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Through The Eyes of A Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Tinker, Robert H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Tinsley, Joyce A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Todd, Tracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Total Life Coaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Transforming Negative Self-Talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 56
Transforming The Pain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Transforming Trauma: EMDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Transgender Children and Youth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Trauma and The Avoidant Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Trauma and The Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Trauma and The Therapist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Trauma Essentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Trauma Response, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Trauma Spectrum, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Trauma Treatment Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Trauma-Sensitive Yoga in Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Treadway, David C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Treating Infidelity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Treating Trauma-Related Dissociation . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Treatment Collaboration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Treatment of Bipolar Illness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Treatment Resistance and Patient Authority . . . . 46
Turnbull, Janiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Turnell, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Turning Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Turow, Rachel Goldsmith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Twelve Months to Your Ideal Private Practice . . . . 39
Ultra-Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Uncommon Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Uncovering Shame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Understanding Biological Psychiatry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Unmasking The Psychopath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Unwell Brain, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Users Guide to Therapy, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Using Hypnosis With Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Van Der Hart, Onno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 22, 26
Verbal & Non-Verbal Communication in
Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Violence in The Lives of Adolescents . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Wade, J. William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Waites, Elizabeth A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Walker, Gillian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Walker, John Ingram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Wallas, Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Walsh, Froma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Walter, John L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Ward, Nicholas G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Washton, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Watkins, Helen H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Watkins, John G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Watzlawick, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 48, 66
Weakland, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Wedge, Marilyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Weeks, Gerald R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 62
Wegela, Karen Kissel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Wehrenberg, Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 44,55
Weiner-Davis, Michele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Weinstein, Ann Diamond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Weintraub, Amy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Weiser Cornell, Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Weiss, Halko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Wendt, Robert N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Wesselmann, Debra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Westland, Gill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Wexler, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Wexler, David B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 73
What Every Therapist Needs to Know About
Treating Eating and Weight Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Where to Start and What to Ask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
White, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Whiting, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Whitson, Signe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 53
Why Therapy Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Wiener, Daniel J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Wilkinson, Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Williams, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Williams, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Wilson, Sandra A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Within The Wall of Denial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Women in Families . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Wood, Jeffrey K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Words Were Originally Magic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Working With Aging Families . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Working With Couples in Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Working With Parents of Anxious Children . . . . . . . 41
Working With Self-Harming Adolescents . . . . . . . . . 72
Working With The Problem Drinker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Wren, Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Yapko, Michael D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Yaryura-Tobias, Jos A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Yeager, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Yeager, Marcie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Yoga Skills for Therapists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Yoga Therapy for Children With Autism and
Special Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Young, Joel L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Your Child in The Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Your Life After Trauma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Yue, Dongmei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Zen and Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Zerbe, Kathryn J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Zetin, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Ziegler, Phillip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Ziff, Anne F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Zweben, Joan Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
79
Facebook.com/NortonMentalHealth
youtube.com/NortonMentalHealth
@wwnortonMH
nmh@wwnorton.com
Visit our Web site at wwnorton.com/psych and sign up to

receive our email newsletter.
Norton Mental Health

W.W. Norton & Company
500 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10110

2017 Norton Mental Health Complete Catalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2017 Norton Mental Health Complete Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NORTON

W. W. Norton & Company Ltd.

Penguin Random House Canada

Australia and New Zealand:

Hong Kong and Macau:

Singapore, Malaysia, Brunei:

John Wiley & Sons Australia, Ltd.

Transglobal Publishers Service Ltd.

Pansing Distribution Pte Ltd

Peoples Republic of China:

Hardy Bigfoss International Co., Ltd.

Rockbook Gilles Fauveau

Everest International Publishing

Thailand, Cambodia, Laos,

Also by Daniel J. Siegel:

See page 20.

See page 20.

See page 20.

TRANSGENDER CHILDREN AND YOUTH

ELIJAH C. NEALY, PHD, MDIV,

How does gender identity differ from sexual orientation?

ATTACHMENT DISTURBANCES IN ADULTS

ABOUT THE AUTHORS

DANIEL P. BROWN, PhD, an

ABOUT THE AUTHORS

ERIC CHUDLER, PhD, is a

THE MOTHER-INFANT INTERACTION PICTURE BOOK

ABOUT THE AUTHORS

BEATRICE BEEBE, PhD, is a

A SPECTRUM APPROACH TO MOOD DISORDERS

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

JAMES PHELPS, MD, is director

For Your Clients:

BIPOLAR, NOT SO MUCH

ABOUT THE AUTHORS

CHRIS AIKEN, MD, is the

HOLISTIC HEALTH FOR ADOLESCENTS

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

NADA MILOSAVLJEVIC, JD,

Contents: 1: A Critical Role: Adolescent Integrative Medicine 2: Stress 3: Fatigue 4:

ATTACHMENT-BASED YOGA & MEDITATION FOR

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

DEIRDRE FAY, MSW, LICSW

THE REFLECTIVE PARENT

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

REGINA PALLY, MD, is a psychiatrist, author of numerous

CHILDREN WHO FAIL AT SCHOOL BUT SUCCEED AT LIFE

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

MARK KATZ, PhD, is a clinical

MINDFULNESS SKILLS FOR TRAUMA AND PTSD

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

RACHEL GOLDSMITH TUROW,

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

DIANA ELISABETH DUBE,

AUTISM AND THE FAMILY

KATE FISKE, PhD, is Associate Director of Behavioral and

BEHAVIORAL CHALLENGES IN CHILDREN WITH

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

DIANE CULLINANE, MD, is a

A CLINICAL INTRODUCTION TO FREUD

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

BRUCE FINK, PhD, is a practicing Lacanian psychoanalyst

THE DEVELOPMENTAL SCIENCE OF EARLY

ABOUT THE AUTHOR